CERNER CORP /MO/
10-K, 1999-04-02
COMPUTER INTEGRATED SYSTEMS DESIGN
Previous: VALUE HOLDINGS INC, 8-K, 1999-04-02
Next: MID ATLANTIC MEDICAL SERVICES INC, DEFA14A, 1999-04-02




                                   


               SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                     Washington, D.C.  20549
                                
                            FORM 10-K
(Mark One)

( X )      ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES 
           EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

     For the fiscal year ended January 2, 1999

                               OR

(   )     TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES 
          EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [NO FEE REQUIRED]

     For the transition period from _____________ to ___________


                 Commission File Number 0-15386

                       CERNER CORPORATION
     (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

            Delaware                       43-1196944
   (State or other jurisdiction         (I.R.S. Employer
   of incorporation or organization)    Identification Number)

                2800 Rockcreek Parkway, Suite 601
                   Kansas City, Missouri 64117
                         (816) 221-1024
  (Address of principal executive offices, including zip code;
       Registrant's telephone number, including area code)


Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  NONE
                                
   Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
                                
             Common Stock, par value $.01 per share
                 Preferred Stock Purchase Rights
                        (Title of Class)

      Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed
all  reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d)  of  the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding  12  months
(or  for such shorter period that the Registrant was required  to
file  such  reports),  and (2) has been subject  to  such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days.

                     Yes     X      No _____

      Indicate  by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers
pursuant  to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained  herein,
and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant's knowledge,
in  definitive  proxy or information statements  incorporated  by
reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to  this
Form 10-K.    [ X ]

      At  March 15, 1999, there were 33,573,446 shares of  Common
Stock  outstanding,  of  which 7,884,975  shares  were  owned  by
affiliates.  The aggregate market value of the outstanding Common
Stock  of  the  Registrant held by non-affiliates, based  on  the
average of bid and asked prices of such stock on March 15,  1999,
was $340,372,241.

       Documents  incorporated  by  reference:  portions  of  the
Registrant's  Proxy  Statement for the  1999  Annual  Meeting  of
Stockholders are incorporated by reference in Part III hereof.


<PAGE>

PART I

Item 1.  Business

General
- -------

     Cerner Corporation ("Cerner" or the "Company") is a Delaware
corporation  incorporated  in  1980.   The  Company's   principal
offices  are  located  at 2800 Rockcreek  Parkway,  Kansas  City,
Missouri 64117, and its telephone number is (816) 221-1024.

      Cerner  designs, develops, markets, installs  and  supports
person/member/patient-focused clinical and management information
systems  that are capable of being implemented on an  individual,
combined  or enterprise-wide basis.  Cerner systems are  designed
to  automate  the process of healthcare by accumulating  data  on
care  provided to members/patients, maintaining such  data  in  a
database  repository and providing access to such data for  users
of  clinical information across a healthcare system, including in
the home, at physician's offices and at ambulatory, inpatient and
intensive  care  settings.   Cerner's systems  are  designed  and
developed  using  the  Health Network Architecture  (''HNA''),  a
single  information  architecture.  HNA is a unified  system  for
combining clinical and management information applications.   HNA
allows   each   participating  facility  within   an   integrated
healthcare  enterprise to access an individual's clinical  record
at  the  point of care, to organize it for the specific needs  of
the   physician,  nurse,  laboratory  technician  or  other  care
provider  on  a  real-time basis, and to use the  information  in
management  decisions to improve the efficiency and  productivity
of  the  location and the entire enterprise. Cerner has developed
and  is  licensing and installing its newest generation  of   HNA
products  known as "Millennium".  See "Cerner's HNA Approach  and
HNA Millennium" for a discussion of Millennium.

Healthcare Industry
- -------------------

      The  dramatic  increase in healthcare costs in  the  United
States, which historically were based on a fee-for-service model,
has  caused  significant  changes  in  the  healthcare  industry.
Managed  care  organizations  and  other  payers  have  developed
alternative payment models to control costs, including procedure-
based   cost   limits,  contractually  approved   providers   and
capitation  (a  fixed monthly fee per member in payment  for  all
required  services).  The result has been a continuing  shift  of
financial risk from the payer to both the physician provider  and
the  institutional provider (hospitals, clinics, long-term  care,
subacute   providers  and  rehabilitative  care   centers).    In
response,  institutional providers are aligning with one  another
and  with  physician groups to form Integrated  Delivery  Systems
(''IDS's''),  and IDS's are aligning with payer organizations  to
form Integrated Health Organizations (''IHO's''), in each case to
reduce  costs  in  an effort to compete more effectively  in  the
changing healthcare environment.

     The  changes  occurring  in  the  healthcare  industry  have
resulted  in  changes  in the needs for clinical  and  management
information  systems  by  hospitals,  physicians,  managed   care
organizations  and  IDS's.   Hospitals' information  requirements
have  become  more  complex  as cost containment  pressures  have
driven the needs for efficiency and process automation while  the
increasing number of relationships they have with other providers
requires additional sophistication.  As physicians combine into a
variety  of  provider configurations, management  structures  and
incentive  plans, they are increasingly utilizing  member/patient
focused information systems to improve quality and efficiency for
their  growing practices and physician networks, to  develop  the
data  necessary to compete for contracts with payers  and  to  be
able  to  share  the  financial  risks  of  healthcare  delivery.
Managed care organizations are increasingly recognizing the value
of  process-oriented  and  clinically-driven  information  as  it
relates  to  understanding  and improving  the  health  of  their
members.   Information system requirements for  IDS's  and  IHO's
encompass  many  of the same needs as hospitals,  physicians  and
managed  care  organizations.  Many IDS's and IHO's are  becoming
aggressively involved with institutional providers and physicians
in  various  relationships where information sharing and  process
automation  are  paramount.  Many of these larger,  more  complex
organizations  are  seeking closer relationships  with  suppliers
that  can  provide  comprehensive information systems  solutions.
Information  system  requirements for  IDS's  and  IHO's 

                                 1

<PAGE>

include integrated  process-based  systems for clinical  domains,
data repositories and applications for physicians and  management
teams. Cerner is responding to the changing and increasing  needs
of  the  healthcare  industry for better information  systems  by
developing HNA Millennium, its latest generation of products. See
"Cerner's  HNA  Approach and HNA Millennium" for a discussion  of
Millennium.

Healthcare Information Systems Industry
- ---------------------------------------

      Healthcare  information systems are evolving  to  meet  the
needs  of  a  changing marketplace.  Initially, computer  systems
developed for use in healthcare were financially oriented, with a
focus  on  the  ability to capture charges and  generate  patient
bills.    Beginning  in  the  mid-1960s,  institutional  provider
organizations  began to use clinical information  systems,  which
automate  the  activities within clinical  departments,  such  as
laboratory,  pharmacy,  radiology  and  surgery  departments,  to
improve the productivity of resources and automate the production
and   use   of   significant  amounts  of  clinical  information.
Individual  departments  selected  systems  based  upon  specific
features  on  a  ''best of breed'' basis resulting  in  disparate
information systems within the institutional provider.

      More recently, there has been a shift from the purchase  of
disparate  clinical  systems  on a ''best  of  breed''  basis  to
systems  which  are  able to integrate communication  effectively
throughout   the  healthcare  enterprise.   The   two   principle
approaches to meet this need are a common architecture, in  which
systems  communicate through inherent design, and  point-to-point
interfaces,   in  which  systems  with  different   architectures
communicate  through  interface  linkages.   This  infrastructure
trend also affects the relationship between the health system and
the  suppliers  of  information  technology.   The  approach   of
interfacing disparate systems typically involves multiple  system
suppliers and the health system must act as the intermediary  and
integrator.  The common architecture approach relies  more  on  a
strategic  relationship with one or very few suppliers  dedicated
to  implementing a shared vision for the role of  information  in
the operation of the health system.

     The  same forces that are causing other healthcare providers
to  join  together are causing physicians to combine into  larger
organizations,   including  Independent   Practice   Associations
(''IPA's'') and Preferred Provider Organizations (''PPO's''), and
are  increasingly  supported administratively through  Management
Services  Organizations  ("MSO's")  which  offer  management  and
administrative  services  to physicians.   In  some  cases,  such
organizations  align with IDS's and IHO's.  Cerner believes  that
such physician groups require clinical and management information
systems  that  allow  them to participate in  the  community-wide
clinical and management information systems employed by the IDS's
and IHO's.

The Cerner Vision
- -----------------

      As  a  result of the rapid transformation of the healthcare
industry,  Cerner believes that a new center of  healthcare  will
emerge--the IHO, which is a combination of payers, physicians  and
institutional  providers affiliated to  service  a  community  or
defined  member  population. The  focus  of  the  IHO  is  to  be
accountable  for the health status of a defined population,  with
strong  financial incentives to manage health on a preventive  or
wellness basis and reduce costs.

     Cerner  believes that many large IHO's will  emerge  in  the
United  States  in  the next decade.  These IHO's  will  need  to
implement  information systems that manage the delivery  of  care
across  an  entire  community while simultaneously  managing  the
business side of health management.  Only through automating  the
core  process  of  healthcare  delivery  from  member  enrollment
through  the ordering and delivery of care will IHO's be able  to
actually manage and measure care.  Process automation will enable
healthcare  systems  interactively to affect  the  care  that  is
delivered throughout the entire system at each point of delivery.
Cerner believes that managing these integrated healthcare systems
will require the accumulation and refining of enormous amounts of
process-related  data  in  order to monitor  performance  against
plans  and  to  make informed business decisions.  This  process-
oriented  approach  will also provide the  information  basis  to
measure  health system performance, in values known as  outcomes,
from  clinical,  functional,  process,  member  satisfaction  and
economic perspectives.

                                    2
<PAGE>                          

     When  all  of  the complex clinical processes that  comprise
care  delivery  in  IHO's  are automated using  fully  integrated
information systems, it becomes possible to extend automation  to
the management processes of healthcare.

Cerner's HNA Approach and HNA Millennium
- ----------------------------------------

     The cornerstone of Cerner's information systems strategy is
HNA, the single architecture around which each of Cerner's
products is developed. This highly scaleable architecture allows
Cerner to meet the clinical, management, and business information
requirements of a healthcare delivery system across the continuum
of care from the physician practice to the IHO and to integrate
the information requirements of clinical operations and business
functions. Cerner's newest HNA platform, HNA Millennium, utilizes
three-tiered client/server technology to optimize distributed
computing performance and functionality advantages.  Millennium's
breadth of focus and functionality are well suited for large-
scale and enterprise application technologies for healthcare
organizations.  HNA Millennium's system architecture allows its
applications to work together as one system.  The value of HNA
Millennium to a client is the use across a healthcare
organization of a single system based on a fully integrated
common architecture and data structure.  With its single data
structure HNA Millennium provides real time access to all
information across multiple applications, such as laboratory,
pharmacy, nursing and physicians, to all of those needing such
access, wherever they are located.  Systems based on differing
architectures and data structures must be interfaced together and
rely on these interfaces to transmit, modify and arrange data
exchanged between them, which limits the data's usefulness across
multiple systems and inhibits real-time access.  In addition,
many of these systems cannot operate across multiple provider
settings or locations within a healthcare organization.

     March of 1998 marked the completion of the major development
cycle  of  HNA  Millennium.  During that  development  cycle  the
Company  expended  approximately  $130  million  developing   HNA
Millennium.  At the end of 1998, 187 HNA Millennium systems  were
being  used by Cerner clients.  As of March of 1999,  23  of  HNA
Millennium's initial 30 product lines were being used  by  Cerner
clients.  By comparison, the Classic version of Cerner's products
had  7  product  lines.  Cerner expects to  have  more  than  400
Millennium systems in use by the end of 1999.  Implementation  of
Millennium  at client sites is a much more complex  process  than
implementation  of  HNA  Classic due  to  the  greater  range  of
capability   of  the  Millennium  products  and  its  complexity.
Substantial  project  management,  process  redesign,  technology
integration and training are all required in order for clients to
achieve the full benefits offered by Millennium.
     
      Cerner's  systems  also  allow the  use  of  other  vendors
products in conjunction with Cerner's system through the  use  of
Cerner's  Open Engine Gateway System that allows the exchange  of
data with the foreign system.
     
Strategy
- --------

     Key elements of the Company's business strategy include:

       To   penetrate  the  integrated  healthcare  market.
       ----------------------------------------------------  The
transformation of healthcare delivery must deal with the changing
financial  model from fee-for-service to fixed or controlled  fee
payments  for  services  provided.  In order  to  accomplish  the
transition,  integrated healthcare systems  must  decrease  costs
generally,  utilize  fewer  resources  per  patient   or   member
encounter,  decrease the amount of care required by  focusing  on
preventative   measures  and  increase  member   populations   by
attracting  additional members through better quality  healthcare
and  services.   Cerner's process-based, clinical and  management
systems provide the technology to enable an integrated system  to
manage  healthcare  to significantly reduce  costs,  improve  the
efficiency  of healthcare delivery and maintain and  improve  the
quality of healthcare.

                                3
<PAGE>                          

     To penetrate the physician market. 
     ----------------------------------  As physicians combine to
form  organizations such as IPA's and PPO's, and then participate
in  MSO's,  they  require clinical and process-based  systems  to
manage  the  member/patient  care  processes  within  their   own
practices.   As  such  groups align with IDS's  and  IHO's,  they
further require clinical and management information systems  that
allow  them to share clinical and management processes with these
community-wide systems.  Healthcare organizations are  developing
strategies  for  connecting  community-based  physicians  to  the
information  resources of the health system using  the  internet.
Cerner's  systems  provide the member/patient data  repositories,
clinical,   management   tools  and  connectivity   required   by
physicians  in order for them to participate effectively  in  the
changing healthcare marketplace.

      To  expand  its  core business.  
      -------------------------------  Cerner  expects  continued
growth  in core business areas, including clinical domain systems
for  specific  markets such as PathNet, RadNet and  PharmNet,  as
institutional providers look to restructure and reengineer  these
high cost centers within their IDS's and IHO's.  The Company also
intends  to  market aggressively Cerner clinical  and  management
information systems and services to its existing client base.

      To  remain  committed  to a unified architecture.
      -------------------------------------------------  Because
Cerner  believes that the constituents in health management  need
to  work  together to benefit defined populations in a community,
the   Company   has  made  a  commitment  to  a  single   unified
architecture  as  the  platform for  "fully  integrated''  health
information  and  management  systems.   This  platform   enables
Cerner's  process-based HNA systems to be scaleable on  a  linear
basis,  using  either  Cerner  compatible  modules  for  process-
oriented  applications  or competitive systems  interfaced  using
open system protocols.

      To  expand  its  products and services.  
      ---------------------------------------  Using  Millennium,
Cerner  intends  to  expand the range of  products  and  services
offered  to providers, including IDS's and IHO's, either  through
internal development or by acquisitions or joint ventures.  These
new  products and services will complement the systems  currently
offered,  address the emerging information needs  of  clients  or
employ  technological  advances.   Cerner  believes  that   major
opportunities   exist   as  IHO's  begin   to   include   service
organizations  and  on-line services to  the  home,  particularly
because   the   member/patient  focus  of  Cerner's  architecture
provides  the  basis  for individual electronic  medical  records
which can be used throughout a member-focused health system.   In
addition,  Cerner recognizes the value of the aggregate  database
being developed by its broad client base as a potential means  to
enable  comparative  or  normative  procedure  evaluations  as  a
powerful  new  tool in the healthcare industry.  The  substantial
project management process redesign, technology integration,  and
training involved in healthcare systems taking advantage  of  the
opportunities  provided  by clinical and  management  information
technology  represent  a  significant market  for  the  Company's
consulting services.

                                4
<PAGE>                          

Products
- --------

     The  Company's  products include Enterprise  Systems,  which
automate  processes  across  and  throughout  the  health  system
enterprise; Enterprise Repositories, which capture, sort, present
and  analyze clinical and business information; Clinical  Systems
for  Direct  Care,  which automate the clinical processes  within
hospitals and the physicians practice; Clinical Systems for  Care
Centers,  which  automate the clinical processes within  specific
departments or domains; Decision Support and Executable Knowledge
systems,  which  enhance  clinical and  business  processes  with
information  and  actions; Financial and  Operational  Management
Systems,  which  automate  the  business  operations;  Population
Health  Management systems for managing health; Demand Management
systems  and  services for managing the need for  care;  Personal
Health  systems for individuals to manage their own  health;  and
Interface Technologies for connecting other technologies  to  HNA
Millennium. These systems can be acquired individually  or  as  a
fully  integrated  health  information  system.   The  individual
systems  perform  together even if installed at different  times.
Cerner  also  markets  over 200 product options  that  complement
Cerner's  major  information  systems.  In  connection  with  the 
licensing  of an  information system, Cerner also generally sells
to   its  clients  computers  and   related  hardware  that   are 
manufactured and supplied to Cerner by third parties.

Enterprise Systems
- ------------------

     Cerner's  Enterprise Systems automate processes  across  the
entire  health  system.  Capstone automates  the  identification,
eligibility,   registration  and  scheduling   processes   across
hospitals,  clinics, physician practices and other care  delivery
organizations,  integrating the health system  and  incorporating
existing  systems.  Powerlink connects community-based physicians
to   health   systems  for  referrals,  authorizations,   claims,
eligibility,   and  reporting.   PowerChart  is  the   enterprise
clinician's   desktop   solution  for   viewing,   ordering   and
documenting the electronic medical record.

Enterprise Repositories
- -----------------------

     Open  Agreement Foundation Data Repository is  a  structured
repository   for   the  storage  and  viewing  of   health   plan
information, records, contracts, eligibility and coverage data.

     Open  Clinical  Foundation Data Repository is  a  structured
repository  for  the storage of member/patient  orders;  discrete
results;  clinical  reports  and  other  documents;  indexes   to
document  images  from  foreign  document  imaging  systems;  and
indexes to third-party dictation systems.

     Open  Management Foundation Data Repository is a  structured
repository  for process- and activity-related information  useful
for  management  of a healthcare organization.   Information  can
originate  from  numerous sources and can  be  maintained  in  an
easily  accessible, standardized format.  OMF can  be  integrated
into   an   architecture  containing  products   from   different
suppliers.

     Open  Health  Foundation  Data Repository  is  a  structured
repository  for  the  storage and viewing of  health  information
related  to populations, in support of applications and  services
designed to manage the health status of those populations.

     Open  Outcome  Foundation Data Repository  is  a  structured
repository for the storage and viewing of the data that  supports
the  reporting  and  management  of  outcomes  in  the  areas  of
clinical, medical, process, economic and satisfaction.

Clinical Systems for Direct Care
- --------------------------------

     Cerner's CareNet Acute Care Management System is designed to
automate  the  entire  care  process in  acute  or  institutional
settings.    It  collects,  refines,  organizes,  and   evaluates
detailed clinical and management data. It enables the entire care
team  to plan and manage individual activities and plans, as 

                                  5

<PAGE>

well as measure outcomes and goals.  CareNet consists of five major
solutions    -   patient   registration,   scheduling,    orders,
documentation, care planning and diagnostic and therapeutic care.

     The  INet  Intensive Care Management System is  designed  to
automate the entire care process in intensive care settings.   It
supports  patient  management, chart review and  browsing,  order
management,  documentation management, scheduling, and  automatic
data  acquisition.  It automatically acquires patient  data  from
bedside   medical   devices,   manages   information   flow   and
presentation  at  the bedside, supports care  management  through
care  planning  and  critical  pathways,  and  encourages  timely
decisions  based on comprehensive data availability;  information
tailored  to  the  practitioner and the patient;  and  rule-based
decision support.

     The  ProVide Physician Office Management System supports the
broad range of clinical and business activities that occur within
a physician office, clinic, or large physician organization (such
as  a  multi-site clinic or management service organization)  and
ties  the  office  together with others  in  the  community.   It
automates  key  activities of the care team in both  primary  and
specialty care settings.  ProVide offers clinicians and  staff  a
variety  of  functional  capabilities,  including  patient/member
tracking,  clinical  records access and  navigation,  eligibility
checking,  order  and referral processing, and reference  library
access and navigation.

     The  ProCall  Home  Care  Management  System  automates  the
clinical  and  business  processes of home health  organizations,
such  as  visiting  nurse  associations  and  hospices.   It   is
appropriate  for  Medicare-certified  or  noncertified   agencies
providing   skilled   nursing,  specialized   care,   supervisory
activities,  assessments,  and  unskilled  attendant  or  medical
delivery services.  ProCall facilitates the documentation of care
activities  in  the  home and provides access to  the  electronic
medical  record.   It  automates the  referral,  scheduling,  and
management  reporting processes performed by office personnel  in
home   care   agencies,   and   supports   their   business   and
administrative  processes.  Financial  and  management  reporting
capabilities provide needed information to directors and managers
in  home care agencies to allow them to compete in a prospective-
pay environment.

Clinical Systems for Care Centers
- ---------------------------------

     The  PathNet  Laboratory Information  System  addresses  the
information  management  needs of six  clinical  areas:   general
laboratory, microbiology, blood bank transfusion services,  blood
bank  donor  services,  anatomic  pathology,  and  HLA.   PathNet
automates   the   ordering  and  reporting  of  procedures,   the
production of accurate and timely reports, and the maintenance of
accessible clinical records.

     The   RadNet  Radiology  Information  System  addresses  the
operational  and management requirements of diagnostic  radiology
departments  or services.  It allows a department to replace  its
manual,  paper-based system of record-keeping with  an  efficient
computer-based system
          
     The  PharmNet  Pharmacy  Information  System  provides  full
integration in an HNA environment for rapid pharmacy order  entry
and  support  of the clinical pharmacy in either an inpatient  or
outpatient setting.  PharmNet streamlines medication order entry,
enabling  the  pharmacist or technician to  place  all  types  of
pharmaceutical  orders  on  one easy-to-use  screen.   Dispensing
functions  also  are  fully automated.   Medication  fill  lists,
intravenous fill lists and medication administration records  are
produced automatically or on demand.

     The  SurgiNet  Surgery  Information System  is  designed  to
address   the   needs  of  the  surgical  department,   including
automating  the  functions of resource and equipment  scheduling,
inventory management, and operating room management.
     
     The FirstNet Emergency Department Information System offers
patient and provider tracking and an intuitive presentation of patient
diagnoses and clinical events for the emergency department.  FirstNet

                                 6

<PAGE>

provides basic emergency department functionality, including quick 
admits, tracking, triage, and patient history, as well as a graphical
reference to patient location and order status.


     The CVNet Cardiology Department Information System automates
the processes within the department of cardiology, supporting the
scheduling, ordering, documentation and data capture required by
professionals in the cardiology domain.

Decision Support and Executable Knowledge
- -----------------------------------------

     Discern  Structured  Care Design is  clinical  pathways  and
protocols  that  automate  the specific  plans  of  care  for  an
individual, and operates within Cerner's clinical systems.

     Discern  Dialogue  is a real-time decision support  software
application  that incorporates executable knowledge and  provides
order  advice to clinicians.  It manages the display of  clinical
alerts  through Discern Insights, which are licensed  separately.
Discern  Dialogue  provides specific recommendations  to  change,
cancel, or create orders.

     Discern  Expert and Alerts are an event-driven,  rule-based,
decision support software application that allows users to define
clinical  and  management  rules  that  are  applied  to   events
accessing  data  that  is  captured or  generated  by  other  HNA
applications.

     Discern  Explorer is a decision support software application
integrated   with  other  Cerner  HNA  clinical  and   management
information systems that allows users to execute predetermined or
ad hoc queries and reports regarding process-related data that is
generated by the other HNA applications.

     Health  Facts  is  Cerner's comparative data  warehouse  for
benchmarking information and services for subscribers to  support
their own improvement processes.

Financial and Operational Management Systems
- --------------------------------------------

     ProFit  is  Cerner's  application  for  revenue  accounting,
billing and accounts receivables for the entire health system  as
well as each individual domain or organization.

     ProRate  is  an  application to automate  the  managed  care
processes   around   membership,  eligibility  tracking,   claims
processing and contract management.

     The  ProLogue Enterprise Management System includes a  suite
of  management applications specifically designed to assemble and
use   the  information  to  help  an  organization  complete  its
strategic plans, including clinical metrics, case profiling,  and
performance profiling of individuals and organizations.

     The  ProFile Health Information Management System helps meet
the   operations  management  needs  of  the  health  information
management    (medical   records)   department    and    includes
functionality for the various chart tracking and completion tasks
commonly associated with maintaining medical records.

     ProCure  and  ProTrack  automates  the  business  operations
around materials and equipment management for the organization.

Population Health Management
- ----------------------------

     IQ  Health  produces  personal health risk  assessments  and
analyzes those to create interventions that promote self care and
improve health.

                                7

<PAGE>                          

Demand Management
- -----------------
     
     Health Connections includes applications and services to
automate and manage the operations of telecare, including
protocol-based triage and person information.

Personal Health
- ---------------

     Vitality  is  Cerner's  home software  product  designed  to
extend  medical care to the consumer's home.  It provides  a  way
for the consumer to interact on a regular basis with a healthcare
provider.  Vitality can store health and medical records for easy
access.   By providing health appraisals and personalized  health
plans,  Vitality  takes  the first step toward  improving  health
education for members in a community.

Interface Technologies
- ----------------------
          
     The  Open Engine Application Gateway System facilitates  the
exchange  of data and assists in the management of point-to-point
interfaces  between foreign systems.  It serves as a  toolkit  to
help write interface code.

Software Development
- --------------------

      Cerner  commits  significant resources  to  developing  new
health information system products.  As of January 2, 1999, 1,032
employees   were   engaged  full-time  in   product   development
activities.    Total   expenditures  for  the   development   and
enhancement   of   the  Company's  products  were   approximately
$74,159,000,  $54,524,000 and $43,133,000 during the  1998,  1997
and  1996 fiscal years respectively.  These figures include  both
capitalized  and  noncapitalized  portions  and  exclude  amounts
amortized for financial reporting purposes.

      The  Company expects to continue investment and development
efforts  for  its current and future product offerings.   As  new
clinical and management information needs emerge, Cerner  intends
to  enhance its current product lines with new versions  released
to  clients  on a periodic basis.  In addition, Cerner  plans  to
expand   its  current  product  lines  by  developing  additional
information  systems  for  use  in clinical  departments  and  to
continue to support simultaneous use of Cerner's products  across
multiple facilities.  All Cerner systems are developed under  HNA
using  a  proprietary  systems  development  methodology.    This
methodology defines and controls each task throughout the product
development  cycle and ensures that current and  future  products
can be fully integrated.

      The Company is committed to maintaining open attributes  in
its  system architecture through operability in a diverse set  of
technical  and application environments.  The Company strives  to
design  its  systems  to  co-exist  with  disparate  applications
developed  and  supported  by other suppliers.   This  effort  is
exemplified by Cerner's Open Engine, OCF and OMF product lines.

     See  "Cerner's  HNA  Approach  and  HNA  Millennium"  for  a
discussion  of  the development of Cerner's latest generation  of
software products.

Sales and Marketing
- -------------------

     The markets for Cerner's information system products include
IHO's,  IDS's,  physician groups and networks  and  their  MSO's,
managed  care  organizations, hospitals, medical  centers,  free-
standing  reference laboratories, blood banks,  imaging  centers,
pharmacies, employer coalitions, and public health organizations.
To  date,  a  substantial portion of system sales  have  been  in
clinical  applications in hospital-based provider  organizations.
Cerner's  HNA architecture is highly scaleable, with applications
being  used in hospitals ranging from under 50 beds to over 2,000
beds and managed care settings with over 2,000,000 members.   All
Cerner  systems are designed to operate on computers manufactured
by  Compaq Computer Corporation (''Compaq'').  In addition,  many
Cerner   Classic  applications  are  available

                                8
<PAGE>                          

on   IBM's   RISC System/6000 AIX (UNIX) platform.  All HNA 
Millennium applications are  designed  to  operate  on either
Compaq  or  IBM  platforms,  thereby  allowing Cerner to be price
competitive across the  full range   of   size  and  
organizational  structure  of  healthcare providers.  The sale of 
a health information system usually takes approximately nine to 
eighteen months, from the time  of  initial contact to the 
signing of a contract.

      The Company's executive marketing management is located  in
its  Kansas  City,  Missouri,  headquarters,  while  its  account
representatives are deployed through regional offices across  the
United  States.   The  Company, through subsidiaries,  and  joint
ventures has offices and sales staff in Australia, Singapore  and
Saudi  Arabia.   The  Company  has  a  nonexclusive  distribution
agreement with Siemens Health Service GmbH & Co. KG by which  its
products  are marketed, implemented and supported in  Europe  and
elsewhere.  Cerner's consolidated revenues include foreign  sales
of  $17,545,000, $16,272,000 and $15,874,000 for the  1998,  1997
and  1996  fiscal years, respectively.  The Company supports  its
sales  force  with technical personnel who perform demonstrations
of Cerner's products and assist clients in determining the proper
hardware  and  software  configurations.   The  Company   has   a
demonstration  and presentation facility at its  headquarters  in
Kansas  City,  Missouri, called the Cerner Vision  Center.   This
facility   enables  the  Company  to  actually  demonstrate   the
processes  automated through HNA and adapt the  presentations  to
the   clients'   environments.   The  Company's  primary   direct
marketing  strategy  is  to  generate  sales  contacts  from  its
existing  client  base  and  through  presentations  at  industry
seminars  and  tradeshows.   Cerner attends  a  number  of  major
tradeshows   each  year  and  has  begun  to  sponsor   executive
conferences,  which  feature industry  experts  who  address  the
information system needs of large healthcare organizations.

     During  1998 Cerner entered into a technology and  marketing
agreement  with General Electric Company, acting through  its  GE
Medical  Systems  division.  Cerner  is  a  leader  in  radiology
information  systems  and  GE is a leader  in  radiology  imaging
systems,  as  well  as  picture archiving communication  systems.
Picture  archiving communication systems are designed  to  store,
retrieve  and enhance digital images produced by modern radiology
imaging  systems  such as CAT SCAN systems, MRIs  and  ultrasound
medical technology.  This agreement is focused upon building  and
marketing  the  next  generation of solutions  in  the  radiology
suite,  a  fully  integrated  radiology  information  system  and
picture archiving communication system.

     At   the   end   of  1998  Cerner  licensed  HNA   Millenium
functionality  to  Synetic  Healthcare Communications,  Inc.,  in
exchange  for  a 19.9% equity interest in such company.   Synetic
Healthcare Communications is majority owned by Synetic, Inc.  and
was  formed for the purpose of creating Internet-based  physician
connectivity and electronic commerce.

Client Services
- ---------------

     Cerner uses a regional strategy to provide the full range of
product  and  service  capabilities to  its  clients  from  seven
locations  throughout  the United States.  Each  regional  center
reflects Cerner's corporate culture and provides support services
and  resources, including training and development opportunities,
for  Company  personnel  working in the geographical  area.   The
regional  centers are also used for client education  activities.
Through  the regional centers, Cerner provides on-site  personnel
for the development and management of systems projects, learn the
evolving  information  needs  of clients  based  on  geographical
trends  in  the  healthcare industry, work with  clients  in  the
development  of new products and services and share with  clients
Cerner's  vision of the changing healthcare delivery  market  and
the  role  of  information systems in that  transformation.   The
Company has regional offices in Atlanta, Boston, Dallas, Detroit,
Kansas  City,  Los  Angeles and Washington, D.C.   Each  regional
office  is focused on long-term marketplace development,  product
marketing,  client project management, long-term  client  service
and  client satisfaction for a group of clients within a specific
geographical region.

     All  of  Cerner's  clients enter into  software  maintenance
agreements  with Cerner for support of their Cerner systems.   In
addition  to immediate software support in the event of problems,
these  agreements 

                                 9
<PAGE>                          

allow these clients the use of new releases of the Cerner products
covered by these agreements.  Each client has 24-hour  access to
the client support staff located at Cerner's corporate headquarters.
Most of Cerner's clients also enter into hardware  maintenance
agreements with Cerner.  These arrangements normally provide for a
fixed monthly fee for specified services.  In the majority of cases,
Cerner subcontracts hardware maintenance to the hardware manufacturer.

Backlog
- -------

       At  January  2,  1999,  Cerner  had  contract  backlog  of
$314,965,000.  Such backlog represents system sales  from  signed
contracts  which  had not yet been recognized  as  revenue.   The
Company  recognizes  revenue on a percent  of  completion  basis,
based on certain milestone conditions, for its software products.
At  January  2,  1999, the Company had $94,627,000  of  contracts
receivable,  which  represents  revenues  recognized  under   the
percent of completion method but not yet billable under the terms
of  the  contract.   At January 2, 1999, Cerner  had  a  software
support  and  maintenance backlog of $153,453,000.  Such  backlog
represents  contracted software support and hardware  maintenance
services  for  a period of twelve months.  The Company  estimates
that  approximately 43% of the aggregate backlog of  $468,418,000
will be recognized as revenue during 1999.

Other Factors Affecting the Company's Business
- ----------------------------------------------

      Information  under  the caption "Factors  that  may  Affect
Future  Results of Operations, Financial Condition  or  Business"
included  in  "Management's Discussion and Analysis of  Financial
Condition  and  Results of Operations" in Item 7 is  incorporated
herein  by reference.  Such information includes a discussion  of
various  factors  that  could, among  other  things,  affect  the
Company's business in the future, including (i) variations in the
Company's  quarterly operating results; (ii)  volatility  of  the
Company's  stock  price; (iii) market risk of  investments;  (iv)
changes  in the healthcare industry; (v) significant competition;
(vi)  the  Company's proprietary technology may be  subjected  to
infringement  claims  or may be infringed  upon;  (vii)  possible
regulation  of the Company's software by the U.S. Food  and  Drug
Administration  or  other  government  regulation;   (viii)   the
possibility  of  product-related  liabilities;  (ix)  risks   and
uncertainties related to the Year 2000; (x) possible failures  or
defects  in the performance of the Company's software;  and  (xi)
the  possibility that the Company's anti-takeover defenses  could
delay or prevent an acquisition of the Company.

Item 2.  Properties

      The Company's offices are located in a Company-owned office
park  in  North  Kansas City, Missouri, containing  approximately
500,000 square feet of useable space.  As of January 2, 1999, the
Company   was  using  approximately  434,000  square   feet   and
substantially  all of the remainder was leased to  tenants.   The
Company  also  leases  office space for  its  branch  offices  in
Atlanta, Boston, Dallas, Detroit, Los Angeles and Washington D.C.

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings

      The  Company  is  not  involved  in  any  material  pending
litigation.

Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

      No matters were submitted to a vote of the stockholders  of
the  Company during the fourth quarter of the fiscal  year  ended
January 2, 1999.

                                10
<PAGE>                          

Item 4A.  Executive Officers of the Company

      The  following table sets forth the names, ages,  positions
and  certain other information regarding the Company's  executive
officers as of April 1, 1999.  Officers are elected annually  and
serve at the discretion of the board of directors.

<TABLE>

Name                          Age       Positions
- ----                          ---       ---------
<S>                           <C>       <C>
Neal L. Patterson             49        Chairman of the Board of Directors, 
                                        Chief Executive Officer and President

Clifford W. Illig             48        Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors

Glenn P. Tobin, Ph.D.         37        Executive Vice President and
                                        Chief Operating Officer

Jack A. Newman, Jr.           51        Executive Vice President

Paul M. Black                 40        Senior Vice President and
                                        Chief Sales Officer

Robert C. Dieterle            48        Senior Vice President and
                                        General Manager

Alan D. Dietrich              36        Senior Vice President

Stephen M. Goodrich           47        Senior Vice President

Douglas M. Krebs              41        Senior Vice President and
                                        Area Manager

Marvin G. Pember              45        Senior Vice President and
                                        General Manager

Thomas C. Tinstman, M.D.      53        Senior Vice President and
                                        Chief Medical Officer

Marc  G.  Naughton            44        Vice President and 
                                        Chief Financial Officer

Stanley M. Sword              37        Vice President and
                                        Chief People Officer

Jeffrey A. Townsend           35        Vice President and 
                                        Chief Engineering Officer

</TABLE>
                                  
                                11
<PAGE>                          

     Neal L. Patterson has been Chairman of the Board of
Directors and Chief Executive Officer of the Company for more
than five years.  Mr. Patterson was appointed President of the
Company in March of 1999.

      Clifford  W. Illig has been a Director of the  Company  for
more  than five years.  He also served as Chief Operating Officer
of  the Company for more than five years until October, 1998  and
as  President of the Company for more than five years until March
of  1999.  Mr. Illig was appointed Vice Chairman of the Board  of
Directors in March of 1999.

      Glenn  P. Tobin, Ph.D. joined the Company in early 1998  as
General Manager and Senior Vice President.  On October 29,  1998,
Dr.  Tobin  was  appointed  Executive Vice  President  and  Chief
Operating  Officer.   Prior to joining  the  Company,  Dr.  Tobin
served  as  a senior consultant with McKinsey and Co.,  Inc.  for
more than five years.

      Jack  A. Newman, Jr. joined the Company in January 1996  as
Executive Vice President.  Prior to joining the Company,  he  was
with  KPMG LLP for 22 years.  Immediately prior to joining Cerner
he  was National Partner-in-Charge of KPMG's Health Care Strategy
Practice.

      Paul  M.  Black  joined the Company in  March,  1994  as  a
Regional Vice President.  He was promoted in December 1998 to his
current position.  Prior to joining Cerner, he spent twelve years
with IBM Corporation.

      Robert  C.  Dieterle joined the Company in  July,  1995  as
Senior  Vice  President and General Manager.   Prior  to  joining
Cerner,  he spent over 20 years in a variety of executive  health
care positions throughout the country.

      Alan D. Dietrich joined the Company in 1990 as Director  of
Business,  Planning  and Development.  In  January  1994  he  was
promoted to Senior Vice President.

      Stephen M. Goodrich joined the Company in October 1987 as a
project  leader  in the product organization.   In  1992  he  was
promoted  to  Vice  President and was  promoted  to  Senior  Vice
President effective April 1, 1999.

     Douglas M. Krebs joined the Company in June 1994 as Regional
Vice  President.   He was promoted to Senior Vice  President  and
Area  Manager effective April 1, 1999.  Prior to joining  Cerner,
he spent 15 years with IBM Corporation.

      Marvin G. Pember joined the Company in April, 1998  in  his
current  role.   Prior  to joining Cerner,  he  served  as  Chief
Financial  Officer and Managing Director for Integris  Health  in
Oklahoma City for more than five years.
     
     Thomas C. Tinstman, M.D. joined the Company in November 1995
as Senior Vice President and Chief Medical Officer and has been a
Director  of  the Company since May 1989.  Prior to  joining  the
Company,  Dr.  Tinstman was Director of Medical Informatics  with
University of Texas Medical Branch in Galveston, Texas.  Prior to
that  he  was  a  physician  in private  practice  with  Internal
Medicine  Associates,  P.C. in Omaha,  Nebraska.   From  1977  to
January,  1994, Dr. Tinstman served as Associate Medical Director
of   Pulmonary  Medical  Services  at  Bishop  Clarkson  Memorial
Hospital  and  as  Medical  Director of the  Respiratory  Therapy
Department  of  Midland Hospital, both in Omaha,  Nebraska.   Dr.
Tinstman  has  served as a director of Smith-Haynes  Trust,  Inc.
since 1988.

      Marc  G.  Naughton joined the Company in November  1992  as
Manager  of  Taxes.   In  November  1995  he  was  elected  Chief
Financial  Officer and in February 1996 he was promoted  to  Vice
President.

                                12
<PAGE>                          

      Stanley M. Sword joined Cerner in July 1998 in his  current
role.  Prior to joining Cerner, he served as a client partner  in
the  outsourcing practice of AT&T Solutions for  more  than  five
years.

      Jeffrey A. Townsend joined the Company in June 1985.  Since
that   time  he  has  held  several  positions  in  the   product
organization and was promoted to Vice President in February 1997.
He was appointed Chief Engineering Officer in March 1998.

                                13
<PAGE>                          

PART II

Item 5.        Market for the Registrant's Common Stock and Related Security 
               Holder Matters

     The Company's common stock trades on The NASDAQ Stock
MarketSM under the symbol CERN.  The following table sets forth
the high, low, and last sales prices for the fiscal quarters of
1998 and 1997 as reported by The NASDAQ National Market System.

<TABLE>
       
                              1998                                1997
                  --------------------------------    ----------------------------                                                 
                   High        Low        Last        High       Low       Last
                  _________   ________   _________    _______    _______   _______ 
<S>               <C> <C>     <C> <C>    <C> <C>      <C> <C>    <C> <C>   <C> <C> 
First quarter     24   9/16   19  1/16   21  15/16    16  1/4    13  1/4   13  1/4
Second quarter    29  15/16   20   7/8   27    7/8    22  1/8    11  7/8   21  3/8 
Third quarter     31   7/16   22         22    5/8    32  7/8    20  3/4   25
Fourth quarter    27   1/16   20   1/2   26    3/4    30  1/2    20  1/4   22                                                     

</TABLE>

     At February 3, 1999, there were approximately 1,300 owners
of record.  To date, the Company has paid no dividends and it
does not intend to pay dividends in the foreseeable future.
Management believes it is in the stockholders' best interest to
reinvest funds in the operation of the business.

Item 6.   Selected Financial Data

<TABLE>
                                                        
                               1998(1)    1997      1996     1995      1994
                               ----       ----      ----     ----      ----
(In thousands, except per share data)
<S>                          <C>         <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>                              
Statement of Earnings Data:  
Revenues                     $ 330,902   245,057   189,107   186,901   155,917            
Operating earnings              38,568    22,170    10,601    37,256    33,779
Earnings before income taxes    38,306    24,484    12,902    37,220    32,451
Net earnings                    23,687    15,148     8,251    22,521    19,501
Earnings per share:                                     
       Basic                       .72       .46       .25       .75       .71
       Diluted                     .70       .45       .25       .72       .66
                                                        
Weighted average shares                                        
outstanding:
     Basic                      32,825    32,881    32,729    29,845    27,651
     Diluted                    33,667    33,667    33,620    31,448    29,762
                                                        
Balance Sheet Data:                                     
Working capital              $ 118,681   156,808   171,204   174,064    52,370
Total assets                   436,485   331,781   314,753   303,945   156,410
Long-term debt, net             25,000    30,026    30,000    30,104    30,235
Stockholders'equity            271,143   233,747   230,735   221,374    85,777

</TABLE>

(1) 1998 Statement of Earnings Data excludes acquisition related charges.

                                    14
<PAGE>                          

Item 7.    Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and 
           Results of Operations

Introduction
____________

     1998 reflected major accomplishments that will provide long-
term financial and strategic benefits for the Company, but also
included disappointments in bookings and stock performance
despite a 35% increase in revenues and 56% increase in net
earnings (excluding acquisition related charges) as compared to
1997.  Most notably, the Company completed the major development
cycle of HNA Millennium.  The Company believes HNA Millennium
provides a significant competitive advantage because it utilizes
the only fully integrated, large-scale, enterprise-wide
architecture in the industry and thus can deliver a superior
combination of functionality, efficiency, cost-containment and
quality control through intrarelated clinical and management
information systems.

     The Company is now effectively positioned to meet the
complex needs of a dynamic and consolidating health-care industry
that requires sophisticated, powerful and comprehensive solutions
to information sharing and process automation.  Many analysts
expect that the overall health information marketplace will grow
at least 20% per year for the next five years following the
millennium.  The Company expects that the clinical information
segments of this marketplace will grow even faster.  With over 30
product lines currently in HNA Millennium, which will grow over
the next few years, the Company believes it can sustain its
technological leadership and capitalize on this opportunity.
These 30 product lines will include, early in 2000, patient
accounting and other business and management systems, where the
Company currently has no or limited market share.

     In the fourth quarter of 1998, the Company licensed a broad
set of HNA Millennium applications to Synetic Healthcare
Communications, Inc. ("SHC") which is focused on clinical e-
commerce through an Internet platform that connects payers,
physicians and patients.  In exchange for granting this license
and entering into related marketing and other agreements, the
Company received 19.9% of SHC's common stock which the Company
valued at $70 million.  In November of 1998, the Company entered
into an agreement with GE Medical Systems division of General
Electric Company ("GE") to develop and market the next generation
of solutions in the radiology suite that combines the Company's
leadership in radiology information systems with GE's leadership
in radiology imaging systems and picture archival communication
systems.  These alliances create the potential to leverage the
Company's access to customers, emerging markets and technology.

     The Company's human resources were augmented significantly
during 1998.  The Company recruited and promoted a number of
talented executives to its senior management team last year,
including:  Jeff Townsend, Chief of Engineering; Glenn Tobin,
Chief Operating Officer; Marvin Pember, responsible for provider-
based and managed cared Enterprise Business Units; Stan Sword,
Chief People Officer; and Paul Black, promoted to Chief Sales
Officer.  The Company also added approximately 550 associates.
The Company's ability to recruit and retain such talent was
recognized in 1998 by Fortune Magazine with its award as "One of
the Top 100 Companies" to work for in the United States.  The
quality and service-orientation of our associates was also
validated by external surveys which identified the Company as the
"Best Telephone Support" provider in the industry.

     Despite the many positive developments that occurred in
1998, the Company was disappointed with its financial
performance.  The Company did not fully anticipate the decrease
in demand for large-scale systems within the health care industry
resulting from the diversion of capital and human resources to
solve Year 2000 compliance issues.  It is currently expected that
this decline in demand will likely persist during 1999 as
customers continue to focus on efforts to update their current
systems to become Year 2000 compliant.  However, after January 1,
2000, the Company expects that this problem will quickly
dissipate.  Sales of enterprise wide systems were negatively
impacted during 1998 because the Company 

                                15
<PAGE>                          

did not have a large, complex reference site using significant
portions of HNA Millenium applications until January of 1999.

     While the Company is quite optimistic about its financial
performance heading into the new millennium, it is taking a
conservative view for 1999.  This cautiousness is predicated
primarily on the continued uncertainty that Year 2000 compliance
issues create for the buyers of health care information systems.
Nevertheless, the Company believes that its revenues and earnings
will exceed those of 1998.  Earnings from implementation services
are expected to increase as more projects are billed under a
closely-scoped fee-for-service approach.  Approximately 43% of
the aggregate backlog of $468,418,000 is expected to be
recognized as revenues during 1999.

Results of Operations
- ---------------------

Year Ended January 2, 1999, Compared to Year Ended January 3, 1998

     The Company's revenues increased 35% to $330,902,000 in 1998
from $245,057,000 in 1997.  Net earnings increased 36% to
$20,589,000 in 1998 from $15,148,000 in 1997. Excluding
acquisition related charges, net earnings increased 56% to
$23,687,000 in 1998 relative to 1997.

Revenues 
- -------- - In 1998, revenues increased due to an increase in
system sales and support of installed systems.  System sales
increased 44% to $245,490,000 in 1998 from $170,906,000 in 1997.
This increase in system sales resulted primarily from an increase
in installations under Health Network Architecture (HNA)
contracts.  Revenue from HNA contracts increased 23% compared to
1997.  The sale of additional hardware and software products to
the installed client base increased 30% in 1998 as compared to
1997.

Total sales to the installed base in 1998, including new systems,
incremental hardware and software, support and maintenance
services, and discrete services, were 69% of total revenues in
1998 compared to 73% in 1997.  The lower percentage was primarily
due to the increase in system sales to new clients.

At January 2, 1999, the Company had $314,965,000 in contract
backlog and $153,453,000 in support and maintenance backlog,
compared to $198,274,000 in contract backlog and $132,842,000 in
support and maintenance backlog at the end of 1997.

Support and maintenance revenues increased 12% in 1998 compared
to 20% in 1997.  These revenues represented 23% of 1998 total
revenues and 28% of 1997 total revenues. The lower percentage was
primarily due to the increase in system sales.

Other revenues increased 59% to $8,657,000 in 1998 from
$5,438,000 in 1997.  This increase was due primarily to services
performed beyond contracted requirements for existing clients.

Cost of Revenues 
- ---------------- - The cost of revenues includes the cost of
computer hardware and sublicensed software purchased from
computer and software manufacturers for delivery to clients.  It
also includes the cost of hardware maintenance and sublicensed
software support subcontracted to the manufacturers.  The cost of
revenues was 27% of total revenues in 1998 and 29% of total
revenues in 1997.  Such costs, as a percent of revenues,
typically have varied as the mix of revenue (software, hardware,
services and support) components carrying different margin rates
changes from period to period.  The decrease in the cost of
revenue as a percent of total revenues resulted principally from
a decrease in the percent of revenue from computer hardware and
sublicensed software, which carry a higher cost of revenue
percentage.

Sales and Client Service 
- ------------------------ -  Sales and client service expenses
include salaries of client service personnel, communications
expenses, and unreimbursed travel expenses.  Also included are
sales and marketing 

                                16
<PAGE>                          

salaries, travel expenses, trade show costs,
and advertising costs.  These expenses as a percent of total
revenues were 35% in 1998 and 34% in 1997.  The increase in total
sales and client service expenses is attributable to the cost of
a larger field sales and services organization and marketing of
new products.

Software Development 
- -------------------- - Software development expenses include
salaries, documentation, and other direct expenses incurred in
product development and amortization of software development
costs.  Total expenditures for software development, including
both capitalized and noncapitalized portions, for 1998 and 1997
were $74,159,000 and $54,524,000, respectively.  These amounts
exclude amortization.  Capitalized software costs were
$25,052,000 and $18,373,000 for 1998 and 1997, respectively.  The
increase in aggregate expenditures for software development in
1998 is due to development of HNA Millennium  products and
development of community care products.

General and Administrative 
- -------------------------- - General and administrative expenses
include salaries for corporate, financial, and administrative
staffs, utilities, communications expenses, and professional
fees.  These expenses as a percent of total revenues were 8% in
1998 and 9% in 1997.

Write-off of In-Process Research and Development 
- ------------------------------------------------ - Write-off of
in-process research and development is a one-time expense
resulting from the acquisition of Multum.

Interest Income (Expense), Net 
- ------------------------------ - Net interest expense was
$262,000  in 1998 compared to net interest income of $2,314,000
in 1997.  The decrease is due primarily to a decrease in invested
cash.

Income Taxes 
- ------------ - The Company's effective tax rate was 38% in 1998
and 1997.

Year Ended January 3, 1998, Compared to Year Ended December 28, 1996

     The Company's revenues increased 30% to $245,057,000 in 1997
from $189,107,000 in 1996.  Net earnings increased 84% to
$15,148,000 in 1997 from $8,251,000 in 1996.  Net earnings from
the Company's foreign operations decreased to $2,389,000 in 1997
from $2,897,000 in 1996.

Revenues 
- -------- - In 1997, revenues increased due to an increase in
system sales and support of installed systems.  System sales
increased 39% to $170,906,000 in 1997 from $122,836,000 in 1996.
This increase in system sales resulted primarily from an increase
in installations under Health Network Architecture (HNA)
contracts.  HNA contracts were 57% of total systems sales in
1997, compared to 43% in 1996.  The sale of additional hardware
and software products to the installed client base decreased 8%
in 1997 as compared to 1996.

Total sales to the installed base in 1997, including new systems,
incremental hardware and software, support and maintenance
services, and discrete services, were 73% of total revenues in
1997 compared to 79% in 1996.  The lower percentage was primarily
due to the increase in system sales to new clients.

At January 3, 1998, the Company had $198,274,000 in contract
backlog and $132,842,000 in support and maintenance backlog,
compared to $110,330,000 in contract backlog and $107,255,000 in
support and maintenance backlog at the end of 1996.

Support and maintenance revenues increased 20% in 1997 compared
to 16% in 1996. This increase was due primarily to the increase
in the Company's installed and converted client base. These
revenues represented 28% of 1997 total revenues and 30% of 1996
total revenues.

Other revenues decreased 38% to $5,438,000 in 1997 from
$8,841,000 in 1996.  This decrease was due primarily to a
decrease in real estate lease revenues from the rental to outside
tenants, as the Company utilizes more office space, and the
reporting of certain services revenue as system sales in 1997.

                                17
<PAGE>                          

Cost of Revenues 
- ---------------- - The cost of revenues includes the cost of
computer hardware and sublicensed software purchased from
computer and software manufacturers for delivery to clients.  It
also includes the cost of hardware maintenance and sublicensed
software support subcontracted to the manufacturers.  The cost of
revenues was 29% of total revenues in 1997 and 31% of total
revenues in 1996.  Such costs, as a percent of revenues,
typically have varied as the mix of revenue (software, hardware,
services and support) components carrying different margin rates
changes from period to period.  The decrease in the cost of
revenue as a percent of total revenues resulted principally from
a decrease in the percent of revenue from computer hardware and
sublicensed software, which carry a higher cost of revenue
percentage.

Sales and Client Service 
- ------------------------ -  Sales and client service expenses
include salaries of client service personnel, communications
expenses, and unreimbursed travel expenses.  Also included are
sales and marketing salaries, travel expenses, trade show costs,
and advertising costs.  These expenses as a percent of total
revenues were 34% in 1997 and  1996.  The increase in total sales
and client service expenses is attributable to the cost of a
larger field sales and services organization and marketing of new
products.

Software Development 
- -------------------- - Software development expenses include
salaries, documentation, and other direct expenses incurred in
product development and amortization of software development
costs.  Total expenditures for software development, including
both capitalized and noncapitalized portions, for 1997 and 1996
were $54,524,000 and $43,133,000, respectively.  These amounts
exclude amortization.  Capitalized software costs were
$18,373,000 and $13,240,000 for 1997 and 1996, respectively.  The
increase in aggregate expenditures for software development in
1997 is due to development of HNA Millennium  products and
development of community care products.

General and Administrative 
- -------------------------- - General and administrative expenses
include salaries for corporate, financial, and administrative
staffs, utilities, communications expenses, and professional
fees.  These expenses as a percent of total revenues were 9% in
1997 and 10% in 1996.

Interest Income, Net 
- -------------------- - Net interest income was $2,314,000  in
1997 compared to $2,301,000 in 1996.

Income Taxes 
- ------------ - The Company's effective tax rates were 38% and 36%
for 1997 and 1996, respectively. The lower 1996 tax rate is due
to the utilization of foreign net operating losses.

Liquidity and Capital Resources
- -------------------------------

     The Company had total cash and cash equivalents of
$42,658,000 at the end of 1998 and working capital of
$118,681,000, compared to cash and cash equivalents of
$77,543,000 at the end of 1997, and working capital of
$156,808,000.  The decrease in working capital resulted primarily
from the Company's investment in software development, the
purchase of capital equipment and the acquisition of Multum.  In
November 1998, the Company sold 670,000 shares of common stock to
General Electric Company, which resulted in cash proceeds of
$14,874,000.

     The Company generated cash of $5,893,000, $18,692,000, and
$28,262,000 from operations in 1998, 1997, and 1996,
respectively.  Cash flow from operations decreased in 1998 and
1997, due primarily to increases in receivables from increased
revenues, and, in 1998 from non-cash consideration received for
the sale of license software.

     Revenues provided under support and maintenance agreements
represent recurring cash flows.  Support and maintenance revenues
increased 12%, 20%, and 16%, in 1998, 1997, and 1996,
respectively, and the Company expects these revenues to continue
to grow as the base of installed systems grows.

     The Company's liquidity is influenced by many factors,
including the amount and timing of the Company's revenues, its
cash collections from its clients as implementation of its
products proceed and 

                                18
<PAGE>                                 

the amounts the Company invests in software development and 
capital expenditures.  The Company's liquidity has decreased
over the three year period ended January 2, 1999 due primarily 
to increased investment in software development and increase
in receivables due to increased sales.  The Company expects 
that its cash position will decrease during the first half of
1999 as it continues its investment in software development,
but the Company expects to have an increase in its cash position
for the fourth quarter of 1999.  The Company believes that its
present cash position, together with cash generated from operations,
will be sufficient to meet anticipated cash requirements during 1999.
The Company has an $18,000,000 line of credit available but may
obtain additional debt capital in order to provide greater 
financial flexibility.

     The effects of inflations were minimal on the Company's
business.

Factors that may Affect Future Results of Operations, Financial 
- ---------------------------------------------------------------
Condition or Business
- ---------------------

     Statements made in this report, other reports and proxy
statements filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
communications to stockholders, press releases and oral
statements made by representatives of the Company that are not
historical in nature, or that state the Company's or management's
intentions, hopes, beliefs, expectations, or predictions of the
future, are "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of
Section 21E of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, and involve risks and uncertainties.  The words
"should," "will be," "intended," "continue," "believe," "may,"
"expect," "hope," "anticipate," "goal," "forecast" and similar
expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking
statements.  It is important to note that any such performance,
and actual results, financial condition or business could differ
materially from those expressed in such forward-looking
statements.  Factors that could cause or contribute to such
differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed
below as well as those discussed elsewhere in reports filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission.  The Company undertakes
no obligation to update or revise forward-looking statements to
reflect changed assumptions, the occurrence of unanticipated
events or changes in future operating results, financial
condition or business over time.

Quarterly Operating Results May Vary 
- ------------------------------------ -   The Company's quarterly
operating results have varied in the past and may continue to
vary in future periods.  Quarterly operating results may vary for
a number of reasons including demand for the Company's products
and services, the Company's long sales cycle, the long
installation and implementation cycle for these larger, more
complex and costlier systems and other factors described in this
section and elsewhere in this report.  As a result of healthcare
industry trends and the market for the Company's HNA Millennium
products, a large percentage of the Company's revenues are
generated by the sale and installation of larger, more complex
and costlier systems.  The sales process for these systems is
lengthy and involves a significant technical evaluation and
commitment of capital and other resources by the customer.  The
sale may be subject to delays due to customers' internal budgets
and procedures for approving large capital expenditures and by
competing needs for other capital expenditures and deploying new
technologies or personnel resources.  Delays in the expected sale
or installation of these large contracts may have a significant
impact on the Company's anticipated quarterly revenues and
consequently its earnings, since a significant percentage of the
Company's expenses are relatively fixed.

These larger, more complex and costlier systems are installed and
implemented over time periods ranging from approximately nine
months to three years and involve significant efforts both by the
Company and the client.  In addition, implementation of the
Company's Millennium products is a new and evolving process.  The
Company recognizes revenue upon the completion of standard
milestone conditions and the amount of revenue recognized in any
quarter depends upon the Company's and the client's ability to
meet these project milestones.  Delays in meeting these milestone
conditions or modification of the contract relating to one or
more of these systems could result in a shift of revenue
recognition from one quarter to another and could have a material
adverse effect on results of operations for a particular quarter.
In addition, support payments by clients for the Company's
products do not commence until the product is in use.

                                19
<PAGE>                          

The Company's revenues from system sales historically have been
lower in the first quarter of the year and greater in the fourth
quarter of the year.

Stock Price May Be Volatile 
- --------------------------- -   The trading price of the
Company's common stock may be volatile.  The market for the
Company's common stock may experience significant price and
volume fluctuations in response to a number of factors including
actual or anticipated quarterly variations in operating results,
changes in expectations of future financial performance or
changes in estimates of securities analysts, governmental
regulatory action, healthcare reform measures, client
relationship developments and other factors, many of which are
beyond the Company's control.

Furthermore, the stock market in general, and the market for
software, healthcare and high technology companies in particular,
has experienced extreme volatility that often has been unrelated
to the operating performance of particular companies.  These
broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the
trading price of the Company's common stock, regardless of actual
operating performance.

Market Risk of Investments 
- -------------------------- - The Company accounts for its
investments in equity securities which have readily determinable
fair values as available-for sale.  Available-for-sale securities
are reported at fair value with unrealized gains and losses
reported, net of tax, as a separate component of accumulated
other comprehensive income.  Investments in other equity
securities are reported at cost.  All equity securities are
reviewed by the Company for declines in fair value.  If such
declines are considered to be other than temporary, the cost
basis of the individual security is written down to fair value as
a new cost basis, and the amount of the write-down is included in
earnings.

Included in the Company's investments is the ownership of 19.9%
of the common stock of Synetic Healthcare Communications, Inc.
("SHC").  There is no current market for this common stock and it
is not accounted for as available-for-sale.  As a result, the
stock was valued at $70,000,000 based on a methodology which
utilized both a comparable company and the expected underlying
discounted future cash flows.  The common stock is subject to
certain lock-up provisions.  A permanent impairment in the value
of SHC stock would result in a charge to earnings in either the
then current or future periods.  There would be no effect on cash
flows because the revenue was earned through contractual rights
granted in exchange for SHC stock.  An increase in the value of
the SHC stock would have no effect on reported earnings.
Synetic, Inc., the parent of SHC, has publicly announced that SHC
plans to conduct an initial public offering of its shares.  The
Company has agreed to purchase additional SHC shares in that
offering which may maintain its proportionate ownership of SHC.
The Company has not engaged in equity swaps or other hedging
techniques to manage the equity risk inherent in the SHC shares.

The Company is exposed to market risk from changes in marketable
securities (which consist of money market and commercial paper).
At January 2, 1999, marketable securities of the Company were
recorded at a fair value of approximately $43 million, with an
overall average return of approximately 5% and an overall
weighted maturity of less than 90 days.  The marketable
securities held by the Company are not subject to price risk as
they are held to maturity.

The Company is not exposed to material future earnings or cash
flow exposures from changes in interest rates on long-term debt
since 100% of its long-term debt is at a fixed rate.  To date,
the Company has not entered into any derivative financial
instruments to manage interest rate risk and is currently not
evaluating the future use of any such financial instruments.

The Company conducts business in several foreign jurisdictions.
However, the business transacted is in the local functional
currency and the Company does not currently have any material
exposure to foreign currency transaction gains or losses.  All
other business transactions are in U.S. dollars.  To date, the
Company has not entered into any derivative financial instrument
to manage foreign currency risk and is currently not evaluating
the future use of any such financial instruments.

                                20
<PAGE>                          

Changes in the Healthcare Industry 
- ---------------------------------- -   The healthcare industry is
highly regulated and is subject to changing political, economic
and regulatory influences.  For example, The Balanced Budget Act
of 1997 (Public Law 105-32) contains significant changes to
Medicare and Medicaid and began to have its initial impact in
1998 due to limitations on reimbursement, resulting cost
containment initiatives, and effects on pricing and demand for
capital intensive systems.  These factors affect the purchasing
practices and operation of healthcare organizations.  Federal and
state legislatures have periodically considered programs to
reform or amend the U.S. healthcare system at both the federal
and state level and to change healthcare financing and
reimbursement systems.  These programs may contain proposals to
increase governmental involvement in healthcare, lower
reimbursement rates or otherwise change the environment in which
healthcare industry participants operate.  Healthcare industry
participants may respond by reducing their investments or
postponing investment decisions, including investments in the
Company's products and services.

Many healthcare providers are consolidating to create integrated
healthcare delivery systems with greater market power.  These
providers may try to use their market power to negotiate price
reductions for the Company's products and services.  As the
healthcare industry consolidates, the Company's customer base
could be eroded, competition for customers could become more
intense and the importance of acquiring each customer becomes
greater.

Significant Competition 
- ----------------------- -   The market for healthcare information
systems is intensely competitive, rapidly evolving and subject to
rapid technological change.  The Company believes that the
principal competitive factors in this market include the breadth
and quality of system and product offerings, the stability of the
information systems provider, the features and capabilities of
the information systems, the ongoing support for the system, and
the potential for enhancements and future compatible products.

Certain of the Company's competitors have greater financial,
technical, product development, marketing and other resources
than the Company and some of its competitors offer products that
it does not offer.  The Company's principle existing competitors
include Shared Medical Systems Corporation, IDX Systems
Corporation, McKesson HBOC, Inc. and Eclipsys Corporation, each
of which offers a suite of products that compete with many of the
Company's products.  There are other competitors that offer a
more limited number of competing products.

In addition, the Company expects that major software information
systems companies, large information technology consulting
service providers and system integrators, Internet-based start-up
companies and others specializing in the healthcare industry may
offer competitive products or services.  The pace of change in
the healthcare information systems market is rapid and there are
frequent new product introductions, product enhancements and
evolving industry standards and requirements.  As a result, the
Company's success will depend upon its ability to keep pace with
technological change and to introduce, on a timely and cost-
effective basis, new and enhanced products that satisfy changing
customer requirements and achieve market acceptance.

Proprietary Technology May Be Subjected to Infringement Claims or
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
May Be Infringed Upon 
- --------------------- -  The Company relies upon a combination of
trade secret, copyright and trademark laws, license agreements,
confidentiality procedures, employee nondisclosure agreements and
technical measures to maintain the trade secrecy of its
proprietary information.  The Company has not historically filed
patent applications or copyrights covering its software
technology.  As a result, the Company may not be able to protect
against misappropriation of its intellectual property.

In addition, the Company could be subject to intellectual
property infringement claims as the number of competitors grows
and the functionality of its products overlaps with competitive
offerings.  These claims, even if not meritorious, could be
expensive to defend.  If the Company becomes liable to third
parties for infringing their intellectual property rights, it
could be required to pay a substantial damage award and to
develop noninfringing technology, obtain a license or cease
selling the products that contain the infringing intellectual
property.

                                21
<PAGE>                          

Government Regulation 
- --------------------- -  The United States Food and Drug
Administration (the "FDA") has declared that software products
that are intended for the maintenance of data used in making
decisions regarding the suitability of blood donors and the
release of blood or blood components for transfusion are medical
devices under the 1976 Medical Device Amendments to the Federal
Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act and the Safe Medical Devices Act of
1990.  As a consequence, the Company is subject to extensive
regulation by the FDA with regard to its blood bank software.  If
other of the Company's products are deemed to be medical devices
by the FDA, the Company could be subject to extensive
requirements governing pre- and post- marketing conditions, such
as device investigation, approval, labeling and manufacturing.
Complying with these FDA regulations would be time consuming,
burdensome and expensive.  The Company expects that the FDA is
likely to become more active in regulating computer software that
is used in healthcare.

Following an inspection by the FDA in March of 1998, the Company
received a two-item Form FDA 483 (Notice of Inspectional
Observations) containing observations of non-compliance with the
Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (the "Act") with respect to
the Company's PathNet HNA Blood Bank Transfusion and Donor
products (the "Blood Bank Products").  The Company subsequently
received a Warning Letter, dated April 29, 1998, as a result of
the same inspection.  The Company responded promptly to the FDA
and undertook a number of actions in response to the Form 483 and
Warning Letter, including an audit by a third party of the
Company's Blood Bank Products.  A copy of the third party audit
was submitted to the FDA in October of 1998 and, at the request
of the FDA, additional information and clarification was
submitted to the FDA in January of 1999.

There can be no assurance, however, that the Company's actions
taken in response to the Form 483 and Warning Letter will be
deemed adequate by the FDA or that additional actions on behalf
of the Company will not be required.  In addition, the Company
remains subject to periodic inspections and there can be no
assurances that the Company will not be required to undertake
additional actions to comply with the Act and any other
applicable regulatory requirements.  Any failure by the Company
to comply with the Act and any other applicable regulatory
requirements could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's ability to continue to manufacture and distribute its
products, and in more serious cases, could result in seizure,
recall, injunction and/or civil fines.  Any of the foregoing
would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
results of operations or financial condition.

Product Related Liabilities 
- --------------------------- -   Many of the Company's products
provide data for use by healthcare providers in providing care to
patients.  Although no such claims have been brought against the
Company to date regarding injuries related to the use of its
products, such claims may be made in the future.  Although the
Company maintains product liability insurance coverage in an
amount that it believes is sufficient for its business, there can
be no assurance that such coverage will prove to be adequate or
that such coverage will continue to remain available on
acceptable terms, if at all.  A successful claim brought against
the Company which is uninsured or under-insured could materially
harm its business, results of operations or financial condition.

Year 2000 
- --------- -  The following statements are a "Year 2000 Readiness
Disclosure" within the meaning of the Year 2000 Information and
Readiness Disclosure Act.  Computer programs that use two digits
to identify a year may fail or create errors in the year 2000,
leading to system failures or miscalculations causing disruptions
to the operations of the user.  The Company has conducted a Year
2000 review of its operations focusing on the Company's products
and their use by its clients, the computers, operating systems
and data bases used in conjunction with its products and the
Company's internal operations.

The Company's software products currently being marketed are Year
2000 compliant.  The costs incurred to make the Company's current
versions compliant have occurred in the ordinary course of
software development and enhancement and have not been material.
All of the Company's clients using older versions of its software
products are entitled to upgrade to the compliant versions with
no charge for the compliant version.  However, some have elected
not to do so for a variety of reasons.  The Company is 

                                22
<PAGE>                          

working with the clients who wish to upgrade to address Year 
2000 issues.  These clients have either been upgraded to compliant 
versions or are scheduled to be upgraded to compliant versions
of the Company's software by August 1999.  The Company is assisting
those clients to upgrade using electronic access from the
Company's facilities without charge.  If the client desires on-
site assistance, the Company is assessing its normal charges.
These services are being conducted in the ordinary course of the
Company's business by its employees, and the costs to the Company
are not expected to be material.  The Company is also engaged in
many projects to implement its products at client sites.  These
projects require efforts both by the Company and its clients.
For some of these clients, these projects constitute their
solution to Year 2000 issues.  Substantially all of these
projects are planned to be completed by September 1999.  The
Company is working with its clients, or the clients are working
independently, on contingency plans for Year 2000 issues where
there is a reasonable likelihood the project may not be completed
by the end of 1999.

As  clients  and potential customers focus on efforts  to  update
their   current   systems,  they  may  elect  to  delay   capital
investments  in  information systems  in  order  to  focus  their
capital  budgets  on the expenditures necessary  to  bring  their
existing  systems into Year 2000 compliance.  As  a  result,  the
Company may not achieve expected sales revenues and its business,
financial condition and results of operations could be materially
adversely affected.

The Company believes that its internal third-party software
applications, operating systems and telephone systems are Year
2000 compliant.  The Company did have some internally developed
software applications that required upgrading to be Year 2000
compliant.  These upgrades were done internally and have been
completed.  The Company has also replaced some older computers
and operating systems that were not Year 2000 compliant in the
normal course of infrastructure maintenance.

The suppliers of the computers, operating systems and data bases
necessary to operate the current versions of the Company's
software products have indicated to the Company that those
products either are Year 2000 compliant or they would be by the
end of 1999.  The Company has conducted tests of such computers,
operating systems and databases with its products now being
marketed and currently has no reasonable cause to believe that
the Company's products are not Year 2000 compliant when operated
with such computers, operating systems and databases.  However,
in operation at clients' sites, the Company's software products
interchange data with many third party systems through interfaces
that may be unique to the client or the third party system.  Such
interfaces or data interchanged may contain inaccuracies or such
data may not be in a format that allows the Company's system to
correctly identify the date.  There can be no assurance that the
Company will not be subject to claims that result from the
failure of third party systems or their related interfaces to be
Year 2000 compliant.  These claims, even if not meritorious,
could be expensive to defend.

Although the Company believes its Year 2000 review and the
actions it has taken and plans to take in response to the review
are appropriate, there can be no assurance that the review
identified all possible issues or that all identified issues will
be satisfactorily resolved.  A material failure of the Company's
internal systems to be Year 2000 compliant, a material failure in
suppliers of the computers, operating systems and databases used
in conjunction with the Company's products to be Year 2000
compliant or a material delay in client projects related to Year
2000 issues could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, results of operations or financial condition.

System Errors and Warranties 
- ---------------------------- -   The Company's systems,
particularly the Millennium versions, are very complex.  As with
complex systems offered by others, the Company's systems may
contain errors, especially when first introduced.  Although the
Company conducts extensive testing, it has discovered software
errors in its products after their introduction.  The Company's
systems are intended for use in collecting and displaying
clinical information used in the diagnosis and treatment of
patients.  Therefore, users of the Company products have a
greater sensitivity to system errors than the market for software
products generally.  The Company's agreements with its clients
typically provide warranties against material errors and other
matters.  Failure of a client's system to meet these criteria
could constitute a 

                                23
<PAGE>                          

material breach under such contracts allowing the client to 
cancel the contract, or could require the Company to incur
additional expense in order to make the system meet these criteria.
The Company's contract with its clients generally limit the Company's 
liability arising from such claims but such limits may not be
enforceable in certain jurisdictions.

Anti-Takeover Defenses 
- ---------------------- -   The Company's charter, bylaws,
shareholders' rights plan and certain provisions of Delaware law
contain certain provisions that may have the effect of delaying
or preventing an acquisition of the Company.  Such provisions are
intended to encourage any person interested in acquiring the
Company to negotiate with and obtain the approval of the Board of
Directors in connection with any such transaction.  These
provisions include (i) a Board of Directors that is staggered
into three classes to serve staggered three-year terms, (ii)
blank check preferred stock, (iii) supermajority voting
provisions, (iv) inability of stockholders to act by written
consent or call a special meeting, (v) limitations on the ability
of stockholders to nominate directors or make proposals at
stockholder meetings, and (vi) triggering the exercisability of
stock purchase rights on a discriminatory basis, which may invoke
extensive economic and voting dilution of a potential acquirer if
its beneficial ownership of the Company's common stock exceeds a
specified threshold.  Certain of these provisions may discourage
a future acquisition of the Company not approved by the Board of
Directors in which shareholders might receive a premium value for
their shares.

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

     Information contained under the caption "Factors that may
Affect Future Results of Operations, Financial Condition or
Business -- Market Risk of Investments" set forth under
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations" in Item 7 is incorporated herein by
reference.

Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

     The Financial Statements and Notes required by this Item are
submitted as a separate part of this report.

Item  9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and 
           Financial Disclosure

     None.

                                  24
<PAGE>                          

PART III

Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

      The  Registrant's Proxy Statement to be used in  connection
with  the  Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on  May  28,
1999,  contains under the caption "Election of Directors" certain
information required by Item 10 of Form 10-K and such information
is  incorporated  herein  by  this  reference.   The  information
required by Item 10 of Form 10-K as to executive officers is  set
forth in Item 4A of Part I hereof.

      The  Registrant's Proxy Statement to be used in  connection
with  the  Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on  May  28,
1999,  contains under the caption "Compliance with Section  16(a)
of  the  Securities  Exchange Act of  1934"  certain  information
required  by  Item  10  of  Form 10-K  and  such  information  is
incorporated herein by this reference.

Item 11.  Executive Compensation

      The  Registrant's Proxy Statement to be used in  connection
with  the  Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on  May  28,
1999,  contains  under the caption "Executive  Compensation"  the
information required by Item 11 of Form 10-K and such information
is incorporated herein by this reference.

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

      The  Registrant's Proxy Statement to be used in  connection
with  the  Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on  May  28,
1999, contains under the caption "Voting Securities and Principal
Holders Thereof" the information required by Item 12 of Form 10-K
and such information is incorporated herein by this reference.

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

      The  Registrant's Proxy Statement to be used in  connection
with  the  Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on  May  28,
1999,  contains  under  the  caption "Certain  Transactions"  the
information required by Item 13 of Form 10-K and such information
is incorporated herein by this reference.

                                 25
<PAGE>                          

PART IV

Item 14.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on
          Form 8-K

     (a)  Financial Statements.

          (1)  Consolidated Financial Statements:

               Independent Auditors' Report on Consolidated Financial Statements

               Consolidated Balance Sheets -
               January 2, 1999 and January 3, 1998

               Consolidated Statements of Earnings -
               Years Ended January 2, 1999, January 3, 1998 and 
               December 28, 1996

               Consolidated Statements of Changes In Equity
               Years Ended January 2, 1999, January 3, 1998 and
               December 28, 1996

               Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
               Years Ended January 2, 1999, January 3, 1998 and 
               December 28, 1996

               Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

          (2)  The following financial statement,
               schedule and independent auditors' report
               on financial statement schedule of the
               Registrant for the three-year period ended
               January 2, 1999 are included herein:

               Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts,

               Independent Auditors' Report on Consolidated
               Financial Statement Schedule.
          
           All  other  schedules  are omitted,  as  the  required
information  is inapplicable or the information is  presented  in
the consolidated financial statements or related notes.

          (3)  The exhibits required to be filed by this item are set forth
               below:

          
Number         Description
- ------         -----------

3(a)           Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, (filed  
               as Exhibit 3(i) to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q 
               for the year ended June 29, 1996 and hereby incorporated by 
               reference).

3(b)           Bylaws, as amended (filed as Exhibit 3 to the Registrant's 
               Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the six months ended 
               June 30, 1995, and hereby incorporated by reference).

                                     26
<PAGE>                          

4(a)           Amended and Restated Rights Agreement, dated as of March 12,
               1999, between Cerner Corporation and UMB Bank, n.a., as Rights
               Agents, which includes the Form of Certificate of Designation,
               Preferences and Rights of Series A Preferred Stock of Cerner
               Corporation, as Exhibit A, and the Form of Rights Certificate, as
               Exhibit B (filed as an Exhibit to Registrant's current report on
               Form 8-A/A dated March 31, 1999 and incorporated herein by
               reference).

4(b)           Specimen stock certificate (filed as Exhibit 4(a) to 
               Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No.
               33-15156) and hereby incorporated herein by reference).

4(c)           Note Agreement between Cerner Corporation, Principal Mutual Life 
               Insurance Company, and Principal National Life Insurance Company 
               dated July 1, 1994, (filed as Exhibit 10(a) to Registrant's
               Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30,
               1994, and hereby incorporated by reference.

4(d)           Credit Agreement between Cerner Corporation and Mercantile Bank 
               dated April 1, 1999.

10(a)          Incentive Stock Option Plan C of Registrant (filed as Exhibit 
               10(f) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
               ended December 31, 1993, and hereby incorporated herein by
               reference).*

10(b)          Indemnification Agreements between the Registrant and Neal L. 
               Patterson, Clifford W. Illig, Gerald E. Bisbee, Jr. and 
               Thomas C. Tinstman, (filed as Exhibit 10(i) to Registrant's
               Annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1992,
               and incorporated herein by reference).*

10(c)          Indemnification Agreement between Michael E. Herman and
               Registrant (filed as Exhibit 10(i)(a) to Registrant's Quarterly 
               Report on Form 10-Q for the year ended June 29, 1996 and hereby
               incorporated by reference).*

10(d)          Indemnification Agreement between John C. Danforth, and 
               Registrant (filed as Exhibit 10(i)(b) to Registrant's Quarterly
               Report on Form 10-Q for the year ended June 29, 1996 and hereby
               incorporated by reference).*

10(e)          Indemnification Agreement between Thomas A. McDonnell and 
               Registrant (filed as Exhibit 10(i)(c) to Registrant's Quarterly 
               Report on Form 10-Q for the year ended June 29, 1996 and hereby
               incorporated by reference).*

10(f)          Amended Stock Option Plan D of Registrant (filed as Exhibit 10(g)
               to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
               January 3, 1998, and hereby incorporated by reference).*

10(g)          Stock Option Plan E of Registrant (filed as Exhibit 10(h) to 
               Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
               January 3, 1998, and hereby incorporated by reference).*

10(h)          Agreement for Cerner Corporation Consulting Services with 
               Gerald E. Bisbee, Ph.D. (filed as Exhibit 10(i) to Registrant's
               Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended January 3, 1998,
               and hereby incorporated by reference).*

10(i)          Cerner Performance Plan for 1998.*

10(j)          Cerner Performance Plan for 1999.*

10(k)          Long-Term Incentive Plan for 1998.*

                                 27
<PAGE>                           

10(l)          Long-Term Incentive Plan for 1999.*

10(m)          Promissory Note of Jack A. Newman, Jr.*

10(n)          Promissory Note of Robert C. Dieterle.*

10(o)          Promissory Note of Glenn P. Tobin.*

10(p)          Promissory Note of Marvin G. Pember.*

11             Computation of Registrant's Earnings Per Share. 
               (Exhibit omitted. Information contained in notes to
               consolidated financial statements.)

21             Subsidiaries of Registrant.

23             Consent of Independent Auditors.

27             Financial Data Schedule.

* Management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements required to be 
  identified by Item 14(a)(3).

          (b)  Reports on Form 8-K

          A report on form 8-K was filed on March 18, 1999.

          (c)  Exhibits.

          The response to this portion of Item 14 is submitted as a separate 
          section of this report.

          (d)  Financial Statement Schedules.

          The response to this portion of Item 14 is submitted as a separate 
          section of this report.


                                   28
<PAGE>                           
                                
                           SIGNATURES

           Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of
the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, the  registrant  has  duly
caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized.

                              CERNER CORPORATION


Dated:   April 1, 1999        By:/s/Neal L. Patterson
                                 --------------------
                                    Neal L. Patterson
                                    Chairman of the Board,
                                    Chief Executive Officer and President


          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange
Act  of  1934, this report has been signed below by the following
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and  on
the dates indicated:

          Signature and Title                     Date
          -------------------                     ----  



/s/Neal L. Patterson                            April 1, 1999
- -----------------------------  
Neal L. Patterson, Chairman of the Board,
 Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and President



/s/Clifford W. Illig                            April 1, 1999
- -----------------------------
Clifford W. Illig, Vice Chairman and Director



/s/Marc G. Naughton                             April 1, 1999
- -----------------------------
Marc G. Naughton, Vice President and
 Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)



/s/Michael E. Herman                            April 1, 1999
- -----------------------------
Michael E. Herman, Director



/s/Gerald E. Bisbee                             April 1, 1999
- ------------------------------
Gerald E. Bisbee, Jr., Director



/s/Thomas C. Tinstman                           April 1, 1999
- -------------------------------
Thomas C. Tinstman, M.D., Senior Vice President and Director

                                 29

<PAGE>

/s/John C. Danforth                             April 1, 1999
- -------------------------------
John C. Danforth, Director



/s/Thomas A. McDonnell                          April 1, 1999
- -------------------------------
Thomas A. McDonnell, Director

                                 30
<PAGE>                          


Independent Auditors' Report
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Cerner Corporation:



We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
Cerner Corporation and subsidiaries as of January 2, 1999 and
January 3, 1998,  and the related consolidated statements of
earnings, changes in equity, and cash flows for each of the years
in the three-year period ended January 2, 1999.  These
consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our
audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted
auditing standards.  Those standards require that we plan and
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether
the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  An
audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An
audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating
the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that
our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to
above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of Cerner Corporation and subsidiaries as of January 2,
1999 and January 3, 1998, and the results of their operations and
their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period
ended January 2, 1999, in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.



KPMG LLP

Kansas City, Missouri
February 3, 1999



Management's Report
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


The management of Cerner Corporation is responsible for the
consolidated financial statements and all other information
presented in this report.  The financial statements have been
prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles appropriate to the circumstances, and, therefore,
included in the financial statements are certain amounts based on
management's informed estimates and judgments.  Other financial
information in this report is consistent with that in the
consolidated financial statements.  The consolidated financial
statements have been audited by Cerner Corporation's independent
certified public accountants and have been reviewed by the audit
committee of the Board of Directors.

                                   31
<PAGE>                         

Consolidated Balance Sheets
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
January 2, 1999 and January 3, 1998

<TABLE>

                                                            1998      1997   
                                                       -------------------------    
(Dollars in thousands)                                           
<S>                                                   <C>              <C>                                                         
Assets                                                           
  Current Assets:                                                
  Cash and cash equivalents                           $    42,658       77,543  
  Receivables                                             167,374      125,516  
  Inventory                                                 2,651        1,743  
  Prepaid expenses and other                                4,234        3,553  
                                                       -----------  -----------
                                                                 
  Total current assets                                    216,917      208,355  
                                                                 
  Property and equipment, net                              77,292       65,724  
  Software development costs, net                          54,971       40,566  
  Intangible assets, net                                    8,884        6,402  
  Investments, net                                         71,719        2,534  
  Other assets                                              6,702        8,200  
                                                       -----------  -----------
                                                                 
                                                      $   436,485      331,781  
                                                       ===========  ===========

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity                             
  Current Liabilities:                                           
  Accounts payable                                    $    14,092       11,330  
  Current installments of long-term debt                    5,030           35  
  Deferred revenue                                         33,921        8,290  
  Income taxes                                             26,057       18,245  
  Accrued payroll and tax withholdings                     16,625       11,610  
  Other accrued expenses                                    2,511        2,037  
                                                       -----------  -----------
                                                                 
  Total current liabilities                                98,236       51,547  
                                                                 
  Long-term debt, net                                      25,000       30,026  
  Deferred income taxes                                    22,106       16,461  
  Deferred revenue                                         20,000           --  
                                                                 
  Stockholders' Equity:                                          
  Common stock, $.01 par par value, 150,000,000 shares authorized,
    34,674,164 shares issued in 1998 and
    33,816,829 shares in 1997                                 347          338  
  Additional paid-in capital                              165,239      148,074  
  Retained earnings                                       126,862      106,273  
  Treasury stock, at cost 
  (1,201,518 shares in 1998 and 1997)                     (20,796)     (20,796)
  Accumulated other comprehensive income:
    Foreign currency translation adjustment                  (243)        (142)  
    Unrealized loss on available-for-sale equity security
      (net of deferred tax liability of $165)                (266)          --
                                                       -----------  -----------
                                                                 
  Total stockholders' equity                              271,143      233,747  
                                                       -----------  -----------
                                                                 
  Commitments (Note 11)                                          
                                                      $   436,485      331,781  
                                                       ===========  ===========
</TABLE>                                                                
                                
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
                                  
                                  32
<PAGE>                          

Consolidated Statements of Earnings
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
For the years ended January 2, 1999, January 3, 1998, and December 28, 1996

<TABLE>
                                
                                                 1998      1997       1996
                                            ----------------------------------   
                                                                
(In thousands, except per share data)
<S>                                           <C>         <C>       <C>  
Revenues                                                        
  System sales                                $ 245,490   170,906   122,836
  Support and maintenance                        76,755    68,713    57,430
  Other                                           8,657     5,438     8,841
                                            _________________________________  
                                                                
  Total revenues                                330,902   245,057   189,107
                                            ---------------------------------
                                                                
Costs and expenses                                              
  Cost of revenues                               89,544    71,943    58,892
  Sales and client service                      117,107    83,788    65,005
  Software development                           59,754    44,086    35,890
  General and administrative                     25,929    23,070    18,719
  Write-off of acquired in-process                                        
    research and development                      5,038        --        --
                                            --------------------------------
                                                                
  Total costs and expenses                      297,372   222,887   178,506
                                            --------------------------------
                                                                
Operating earnings                               33,530    22,170    10,601
                                                                
  Interest income (expense), net                   (262)    2,314     2,301
                                            --------------------------------
                                                                
Earnings before income taxes                     33,268    24,484    12,902
  Income taxes                                   12,679     9,336     4,651
                                            --------------------------------
                                                                
Net earnings                                  $  20,589    15,148     8,251
                                            ================================
                                                                
Basic earnings per share                      $     .63       .46       .25
                                            ================================

Diluted earnings per common share             $     .61       .45       .25
                                            ================================
</TABLE>
                                                                
See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                  33
<PAGE>                          

Consolidated Statements of Changes In Equity
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
For the years ended January 2, 1999, January 3, 1998, and December 28, 1996

<TABLE>
                                                                
                                                  
                                                                                Accumulated
                                                   Additional          Treasury     other    
                                   Common  Stock    paid-in   Retained   stock  comprehensive Comprehensive
                                   Shares  Amount   capital   earnings   amount    income        income 
                                  --------------------------------------------------------------------------

(In thousands)                                                                 
<S>                                <C>     <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>              <C>     <C>                               
Balance at December 30, 1995       33,002  $ 330    143,876     82,874   (5,693)          (13)        

Exercise of options                   402      4        805          -        -             -      
Tax benefit from disqualifying 
  disposition of stock options          -      -        260          -        -             -        
Foreign currency translation adjustment -      -          -          -        -            41         41
Net earnings                            -      -          -      8,251        -             -      8,251
                                 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Comprehensive income                                                                               8,292
                                                                                                 ===========
                                                                 
Balance at December 28, 1996       33,404    334    144,941     91,125   (5,693)           28   
                                 --------------------------------------------------------------    
                                                                 
Exercise of options                   311      3        978          -        -             - 
Issuance of common stock grants as
  compensation                          2      -         48          -        -             -        
Issuance of restricted commom stock   100      1      1,586          -        -             -      
Tax benefit from disqualifying
  disposition of stock options          -      -        521          -        -             -    
Purchase of 688,500 shares of 
  treasury stock                        -      -          -          -  (15,148)            -        
Foreign currency translation 
  adjustment                            -      -          -          -        -          (170)      (170)
Net earnings                            -      -          -     15,148        -             -     15,148
                                  -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Comprehensive income                                                                              14,978
                                                                                                 ==========
                                                                 
Balance at January 3,1998          33,817    338    148,074    106,273  (20,796)         (142)
                                  ------------------------------------------------------------        
                                                                 
Exercise of options                   185      2      1,248          -        -             -        
Issuance of common stock grants as               
  compensation                          2      -         44          -        -             -                                  
Issuance of common stock              670      7     14,867          -        -             -        
Non-employee stock option               -      
  compensation expense                  -      -        385          -        -             -                 
Tax benefit from disqualifying                                                 
  disposition of stock options          -      -        621          -        -             -        
Foreign currency translation    
  adjustment                            -      -          -          -        -          (101)      (101)                
Unrealized loss on available-for-sale
  equity security, net of deferred                      
  tax liability of $165                 -      -          -          -        -          (266)      (266)
Net earnings                            -      -          -     20,589        -                   20,589
                                  --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Comprehensive income                                                                              20,222
                                                                                                 ===========   
Balance at January 2, 1999         34,674  $ 347    165,239    126,862  (20,796)         (509)        
                                  ============================================================ 
</TABLE>

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                       34
<PAGE>                          

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>

(In thousands)                                            1998       1997      1996
                                                    -----------------------------------
<S>                                                  <C>          <C>       <C>                                                    
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES                         
Net earnings                                         $  20,589     15,148     8,251
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to                                 
  net cash provided by operating activities:                             
    Depreciation and amortization                       25,411     18,075    15,498 
    Common stock received as consideration                                  
     for sale of license software                      (70,000)        --        --  
    Write-off of acquired in-process research                           
     and development                                     5,038         --        --
    Issuance of common stock grants as        
      compensation expense                                  44         48        --
    Non-employee stock option compensation expense         385         --        --
    Equity in losses (income) of investee companies      1,601        864       (89)  
    Provision for deferred income taxes                 15,816      8,246     2,894
    Tax benefit from disqualifying                           
      dispositions of stock options                        621        521       260
    Loss on disposal of capital equipment                  223        110        99
Changes in assets and liabilities:                           
    Receivables, net                                   (39,481)   (27,931)    2,376
    Inventory                                             (908)      (127)      630
    Prepaid expenses and other                          (3,970)    (2,075)     (340)
    Accounts payable                                     2,620      1,984    (5,586)
    Accrued income taxes                                (2,334)        --        --
    Deferred revenue                                    45,410        479     1,649
    Other current liabilities                            4,828      3,350     2,620
                                                      -------------------------------   
Total adjustments                                      (14,696)     3,544    20,011
                                                      -------------------------------
Net cash provided by operating activities                5,983     18,962    28,262  
                                                      -------------------------------       
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES                         
    Purchase of capital equipment                      (20,846)   (14,896)  (14,962)
    Purchase of land, buildings, and improvements       (2,767)       (86)     (379)
    Acquisition of business                             (6,874)        --        --
    Investment in investee companies                    (1,217)    (4,500)   (1,650)
    Proceeds on disposal of capital equipment               --        212        33
    Capitalized software development costs             (25,052)   (18,373)  (13,240)
                                                      -------------------------------
Net cash used in investing activities                  (56,756)   (37,643)  (30,198)
                                                      -------------------------------  
                                                             
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES                         
    Repayment of long-term debt                            (45)      (116)     (130)
    Proceeds from sale of common stock                  14,874         --        --
    Proceeds from exercise of options                    1,250        981       809
    Purchase of treasury stock                              --    (15,103)       --
                                                      ------------------------------- 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities     16,079    (14,238)      679
                                                      -------------------------------
Foreign currency translation adjustment                   (101)      (170)       41
                                                      -------------------------------
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents              (34,885)   (33,359)   (1,216)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year          77,543    110,902   112,118
                                                      -------------------------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year             $  42,658     77,543   110,902
                                                      ===============================
                                                             
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information
Cash paid (received) during the year for:                         
    Interest                                         $   2,504      2,473     2,517
    Income taxes, net of refund                         (2,112)     1,024       685
Noncash investing and financing activities                              
    Acquisition of equipment through capital leases  $      --         73        --
    Issuance of restricted common stock and grants          44      1,635        --

</TABLE>

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

<PAGE>

                                    35

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

(a)  Principles of Consolidation - The consolidated financial
statements include the accounts of Cerner Corporation and its
wholly owned subsidiaries (the Company).  All significant
intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in
consolidation.

(b)  Revenue Recognition - Revenues are derived primarily from
the sale of clinical information systems. The Company also
provides project implementation and consulting services.  In
addition, revenue is generated from servicing installed clinical
information systems, which generally includes support of software
and maintenance of hardware.  The Company also derives revenue
from the sale of computer hardware.

Clinical information system sales contracts are negotiated
separately and generally include the licensing of the Company's
clinical information system software, project-related services
associated with the installation of the systems, and the sale of
computer hardware.  Clinical information system sales contracts
are noncancelable and provide for a right of return only in the
event the system fails to meet the performance criteria set forth
in the contracts.  The Company recognizes revenue from sales of
clinical information systems using a percentage-of-completion
method based on meeting key milestone events over the term of the
contracts in accordance with Statement of Position 97-2,
"Software Revenue Recognition".

Revenue associated with project implementation and consulting
services is recognized as the services are performed.  Revenue
from the licensing of additional software is recognized upon
installation at the client's site.  Revenue from the sale of
computer hardware is recognized upon shipment.  Revenue from
ongoing software support and equipment maintenance is recognized
as the services are rendered.

(c)  Fiscal Year - The Company's fiscal year ends on the Saturday
closest to December 31.  Fiscal year 1998, ended January 2, 1999,
consisted of 52 weeks, fiscal year 1997 consisted of 53 weeks,
and fiscal year 1996 consisted of 52 weeks.  All references to
years in these notes to consolidated financial statements
represent fiscal years unless otherwise noted.

(d)  Software Development Costs - Costs incurred internally in
creating computer software products are expensed until
technological feasibility has been established upon completion of
a detail program design.  Thereafter, all software development
costs are capitalized and subsequently reported at the lower of
amortized cost or net realizable value.  Capitalized costs are
amortized based on current and future revenue for each product
with minimum annual amortization equal to the straight-line
amortization over the estimated economic life of the product.
The Company is amortizing capitalized costs on a straight-line
basis over five years.  During 1998, 1997, and 1996, the Company
capitalized $25,052,000, $18,373,000, and $13,240,000,
respectively, of total software development costs of $74,159,000,
$54,524,000, and  $43,133,000, respectively.  Amortization
expense of capitalized software development costs in 1998, 1997,
and 1996 was $10,647,000, $7,935,000, and $5,997,000,
respectively, and accumulated amortization was $43,542,000,
$32,895,000, and $24,960,000, respectively.

(e)   Cash  Equivalents - Cash equivalents consist of  short-term
marketable  securities with original maturities less than  ninety
days.

(f)   Investments - The Company accounts for its  investments  in
equity securities which have readily determinable fair values  as
available-for-sale.  Available-for-sale securities  are  reported
at  fair value with unrealized gains and losses reported, net  of
tax,  as  a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive
income.   Investments in other equity securities are reported  at
cost.   All  equity securities are reviewed by  the  Company  for
declines  in fair value.  If such declines are considered  to  be
other  than temporary, the cost basis of the individual  security
is written down to fair value as a new cost basis, and the amount
of the write-down is included in earnings.

                                 36
<PAGE>                          

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(g)  Inventory - Inventory consists primarily of computer
hardware held for resale and is recorded at the lower of cost
(first-in, first-out) or market.

(h)  Property and Equipment - Property, equipment, and leasehold
improvements are stated at cost.  Depreciation of property and
equipment is computed using the straight-line method over periods
of 5 to 39 years.  Amortization of leasehold improvements is
computed using a straight-line method over the lease terms, which
range from periods of two to twelve years.

(i)       Earnings per Common Share - Basic earnings per share
(EPS) excludes dilution and is computed by dividing income
available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number
of common shares outstanding for the period.  Diluted EPS
reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or
other contracts to issue stock were exercised or converted into
common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock that
then shared in the earnings of the Company.  A reconciliation of
the numerators and the denominators of the basic and diluted per-
share computations is as follows:


<TABLE>

(In thousands, except per share data)

                                            1998                               1997                               1996
                            -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    Per-                             Per-                             Per-
                          Earnings    Shares        Share  Earnings    Shares        Share  Earnings    Shares        Share
                          (Numerator) (Denominator) Amount (Numerator) (Denominator) Amount (Numerator) (Denominator) Amount
                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                       <C>         <C>           <C>    <C>         <C>           <C>    <C>         <C>           <C> 
Basic Earnings per share
Income available to
  common stockholders     $ 20,589    32,825        $ .63  15,148      32,881        $ .46  8,251       32,729        $ .25  

Effect of dilutive 
  securities
Stock options                   --       842                   --         787                  --          891 

Diluted earnings 
  per share
Income available to
 common stockholders     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 including conversions    $ 20,589    33,667        $ .61  15,148      33,668          .45  8,251       33,620        $ .25
                         ===================================================================================================

</TABLE>

Options to purchase 1,652,000, 1,149,000 and 494,000 shares
of common stock at per share prices ranging from $25.00 to
$31.00, $21.50 to $31.00, and $18.50 to $29.63 were
outstanding at the end of 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively,
but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings
per share because the options' exercise price was greater
than the average market price of the common shares.

(j)  Foreign Currency - Assets and liabilities in foreign
currencies are translated into dollars at rates prevailing
at the balance sheet date.  Revenues and expenses are
translated at average rates for the year.  The net exchange
differences resulting from these translations are reported
in accumulated other comprehensive income.  Gains and losses
resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in
the consolidated statements of earnings.  The net loss
resulting from foreign currency transactions was $673,000,
$762,000, and $274,000 in 1998, 1997, and 1996,
respectively.

(k)  Income Taxes - Deferred tax assets and liabilities are
recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to
differences between the financial statement carrying amounts
of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax
bases.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured
using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income
in the years in which those temporary differences are
expected to be recovered or settled.

(l)  Goodwill - Excess of cost over net assets acquired
(goodwill) is being amortized on a straight-line basis over
seven to eight years.  Accumulated amortization was
$4,037,000 and $2,733,000 at the end of 1998 and 1997,
respectively.  The Company assesses the recoverability of
goodwill based on forecasted undiscounted future operating
cash flows.

                             37
<PAGE>

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


(m)  Comprehensive Income - The Company adopted
statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 130,
"Reporting Comprehensive Income"  at the beginning of 1998.
This statement establishes requirements for reporting and
display of comprehensive income and its components.  The
adoption of this statement had no effect on the previously
reported net earnings or stockholders' equity.

(n)  Use of Estimates - The preparation of financial
statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and
liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the
reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those
estimates.

(o)  Reclassifications - Certain 1997 and 1996 amounts have
been reclassified to conform with the 1998 presentations.

2    Acquisition of Business

On March 16, 1998, the Company purchased all of the
outstanding common stock of Multum Information Systems,
Inc., (Multum) for $6.9 million.  Multum is a supplier to
the healthcare industry of drug knowledge databases and
intelligent software components designed to improve the
quality and cost-effectiveness of medical care.  The Company
plans to incorporate Multum's drug information and expert
dosing component into its Health Network Architecture
Millennium solutions to enable Multum's expert knowledge to
become executable within the process of care delivery.

The acquisition has been accounted for using the purchase
method of accounting with the operating results of Multum
included in the Company's consolidated statement of earnings
since the date of acquisition.  Approximately $5,000,000 of
the purchase price was allocated to in-process research and
development that had not reached technological feasibility
and was treated as a one-time charge to earnings reducing
after tax income for 1998 by $3.1 million or $.09 per share
on a diluted basis.  This acquisition would not have
materially affected revenues, net earnings, or earnings per
share on a pro forma basis for any period presented.

The acquired in-process research and development related  to
Multum's   component   based,  drug   information   software
development  kit  (SDK)  for  use  in  clinical  information
systems.   Its components are designed for use in a  variety
of  configurations and to provide complete control over  the
retrieval   of  drug  information  from  Multum's  knowledge
databases.  SDK was approximately 80% complete at  the  time
of  the  acquisition.   When Multum  was  acquired,  it  was
projected that SDK would be completed in 12-18 months at  an
estimated  cost  of $1.9 million. The risks associated  with
completing  SDK  are  like  any other  software  development
project  and  include changes in technology and competition.
The  SDK  project was valued using the income approach  with
the  following  assumptions: material net cash  inflows  are
expected  to  commence  in 2000; no  material  changes  from
historical   pricing,   margins  or   expense   levels   are
anticipated;  and,  a 20% risk adjusted  discount  rate  was
applied  to estimated net cash flows.  SDK was approximately
90% complete at the end of 1998; management expects it to be
completed in 1999.

The allocation of the purchase price to the estimated fair
values of the identified tangible and intangible assets
acquired and liabilities assumed, resulted in goodwill of
$1,581,000.  The goodwill is being amortized straight-line
over seven years.

                             38
<PAGE>

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3    Receivables

Receivables consist of accounts receivable and contracts
receivable.  Accounts receivable represent recorded revenues
that have been billed.  Contracts receivable represent
recorded revenues that are billable by the Company at future
dates under the terms of a contract with a client.  Billings
and other consideration received on contracts in excess of
related revenues recognized under the percentage-of-
completion method are recorded as deferred revenue.   A
summary of receivables is as follows:

<TABLE>

       (In thousands)                1998       1997
                                  ---------------------
     <S>                          <C>          <C>                  
     Accounts receivable          $  72,747     54,908
     Contracts receivable            94,627     70,608
                                  ----------  ---------         
                                           
     Total receivables            $ 167,374    125,516
                                  ==========  ========= 
</TABLE>

Substantially all receivables are derived from sales and
related support and maintenance of the Company's clinical
information systems to healthcare providers located
throughout the United States and in certain foreign
countries.  Included in receivables at the end of 1998 and
1997 are amounts due from healthcare providers located in
foreign countries of $12,071,000 and $9,950,000,
respectively.  Consolidated revenues include foreign sales
of $17,545,000, $16,272,000, and $15,874,000, during 1998,
1997, and 1996, respectively.  Consolidated long-lived
assets at the end of 1998 and 1997,  include foreign long-
lived assets of $290,000 and $265,000, respectively.
Revenues and long-lived assets from any one foreign country
are not material.

The Company provides an allowance for estimated
uncollectible accounts based upon historical experience and
management's judgment.  At the end of 1998 and 1997 the
allowance for estimated uncollectible accounts was
$3,405,000 and $1,490,000, respectively.

4    Property and Equipment

A summary of property, equipment, and leasehold improvements
stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and
amortization, is as follows:

<TABLE>

(In thousands)                                          1998         1997
                                                    ----------------------
<S>                                                <C>            <C>       
Furniture and fixtures                             $  19,153       17,496
Computer and communications equipment                 59,280       41,898
Marketing equipment                                    1,913        1,222
Leasehold improvements                                13,543       10,803
Capital lease equipment                                  713          673
Land, buildings, and improvements                     32,437       29,669
                                                    ----------  -----------
                                                     127,039      101,761
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization        49,747       36,037
                                                    ----------  -----------
                                                    
Total property and equipment, net                  $  77,292       65,724
                                                    ==========  ===========
</TABLE>

                                    39
<PAGE>

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

5    Investments

Investments consist of the following:

<TABLE>

(In thousands)                                              1998      1997
                                                        ------------------
<S>                                                    <C>           <C>       
Investments in available-for-sale equity securities     $    503       503
Less unrealized holding loss                                 431        --
                                                        --------  --------
Investment in available-for-sale equity securities, at     
   at fair value                                              72       503   
Investments in other equity securities, at cost           71,647     2,031
                                                        --------  --------
                                                      
Total investments, net                                  $ 71,719     2,534
                                                        ========  ========

</TABLE>

Included in investments in other equity securities in 1998
is common stock received as consideration for the sale of
license software. There is no current market for the common
stock.  As a result, it was valued at $70,000,000 based on a
methodology which utilized both a comparable company and the
expected underlying discounted future cash flows.  The
common stock is subject to certain lock-up provisions.

6    Indebtedness

The Company has a loan agreement with two banks that
provides for a long-term revolving line of credit for
working capital purposes.  The long-term revolving line of
credit is unsecured and requires monthly payments of
interest only.  Interest is payable at the Company's option
at a rate based on prime (7.75% at January 2, 1999) or LIBOR
(5.094% at January 2, 1999) plus 1.75%.  The interest rate
may be reduced by up to .5% if certain net worth ratios are
maintained.  At January 2, 1999, the Company had no
outstanding borrowings under this agreement and had
$18,000,000 available for working capital purposes.  The
agreement contains certain net worth, current ratio, and
fixed charge coverage covenants and provides certain
restrictions on the Company's ability to borrow, incur
liens, sell assets, and pay dividends.  A commitment fee of
3/16% is payable quarterly on the unused portion of the
revolving line of credit.

The Company has $30,000,000 of Senior Notes.  The Senior
Notes are payable in six equal annual installments beginning
in August 1999.  Interest is payable on February 1 and
August 1 at a rate of 8.3%.  The note agreement contains
certain net worth, current ratio, and fixed charge coverage
covenants and provides certain restrictions on the Company's
ability to borrow, incur liens, sell assets, and pay
dividends.

The Company also has an obligation under a capital lease
agreement, which is secured by the related equipment, for
$30,000 ($61,000 at January 3, 1998) with interest at 8.5%,
payable in monthly installments through September 1999.

The fair value of the Company's Senior Notes is estimated to
be $31,848,000 based on current rates offered to the Company
for debt of the same remaining maturities.
         
                               40
<PAGE>

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

7    Interest Income and Expense

A summary of interest income and expense is as follows:

<TABLE>

(In thousands)                                1998     1997      1996
                                            ---------------------------
                                                   
<S>                                        <C>        <C>       <C>   
Interest income                            $  2,242    4,755     4,839
Interest expense                             (2,504)  (2,441)   (2,538)
                                            -------- --------  --------
                                                        
Interest income (expense), net             $   (262)   2,314     2,301
                                            ======== ========  ========
                                 
</TABLE>
   
8    Stock Options and Warrants

At January 2, 1999, the Company had four fixed stock option
plans.  Under Stock Option Plan B, the Company could grant
to associates options to purchase up to 5,600,000 shares of
common stock through November 30, 1993.  The options are
exercisable at the fair market value on the date of grant
for a period determined by the Board of Directors (not more
than ten years from the date granted).  The options contain
restrictions as to transferability and exercisability after
termination of employment.

Under Stock Option Plan C, the Company is authorized to
grant to associates options to purchase up to 95,000 shares
of common stock through May 18, 2003.  The options are
exercisable at the fair market value on the date of grant
for a period determined by the Board of Directors (not more
than ten years from the date granted).  The options contain
restrictions as to transferability and exercisability after
termination of employment.  The Company has committed not to
issue any more stock options under Stock Option Plan C.

Initially under Stock Option Plan D, the Company was
authorized to grant to associates, directors, consultants,
or advisors to the Company options to purchase up to
2,600,000 shares of common stock through January 1, 2000.
An additional 2,000,000 shares were approved by the
Company's shareholders on May 22, 1998, increasing the total
authorized to grant to 4,600,000 shares.  The options are
exercisable at a price and during a period determined by the
Stock Option Committee.  Options under this plan currently
vest over periods of up to ten years and are exercisable for
periods of up to 25 years.

Under Stock Option Plan E, the Company is authorized to
grant to associates who are not officers subject to the
provisions of Section 16(a) of the Securities and Exchange
Act of 1934, consultants, or advisors to the Company options
to purchase up to 2,000,000 shares of common stock through
January 1, 2005.  The options are exercisable at a price and
during a period determined by the Stock Option Committee.
Options under this plan currently vest over periods of up to
ten years and are exercisable for periods of up to 25 years.

The Company has also granted 210,362 other non-qualified
stock options under separate agreements to certain third
parties.  These options are exercisable at a price equal to
or greater than the fair market value on the date of grant.
These options vest over periods of up to six years and are
exercisable for periods of up to ten years.

                                41
<PAGE>                          

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Company accounts for stock options in accordance with
the provisions of Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion
No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees", and
related interpretations.  As such, compensation expense is
recorded on the date of grant only if the current market
price of the underlying stock exceeds the exercise price.
On December 31, 1995, the Company adopted Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation" (FAS 123),  which permits entities
to recognize as expense over the vesting period the fair
value of all stock-based awards on the date of grant.
Alternatively, FAS 123 allows entities to continue to apply
the provisions of APB Opinion No. 25 and provide pro forma
net earnings and pro forma earnings per share disclosures
for employee stock option grants made in 1995 and future
years as if the fair-value-based method defined in FAS 123
had been applied.  The Company has elected to continue to
apply the provisions of APB Opinion No. 25 and provide the
pro forma disclosure provisions of FAS 123.

A combined summary of the status of the Company's four fixed
stock option plans and other stock options at the end of
1998, 1997, and 1996, and changes during these years ended
is presented below:

<TABLE>

                                   1998               1997                  1996 
                           ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                     Weighted-             Weighted-            Weighted-
                           Number     average    Number     average    Number    average
                             of      exercise      of      exercise      of     exercise
Fixed options              Shares     price      Shares     price      Shares    price
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                        <C>        <C>       <C>         <C>        <C>       <C>         
Outstanding at beginning
  of year                  4,179,258  $17.74    3,196,072   $16.50     2,730,786 $15.95  
Granted                    1,932,710   24.15    1,592,363    18.22       941,130  15.97     
Exercised                   (185,335)   6.88     (310,531)    3.12      (401,754)  2.02     
Forfeited                   (438,442)  17.57     (298,646)   17.50       (74,090) 12.52
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Outstanding at end of year 5,488,191  $20.38    4,179,258    17.24     3,196,072  16.50                
                           ==========           ==========             ==========
Options exercisable at
  year-end                 1,111,943              876,376                838,143          

</TABLE>

The following table summarizes information about fixed and
other stock options outstanding at January 2, 1999.

<TABLE>
                                             
                   Options outstanding                                   Options exercisable
- --------------------------------------------------------------   --------------------------------  
                             Weighted-                              
  Range of      Number        average                                Number      
  exercise   outstanding     remaining     Weighted-average       exercisable    Weighted-average
   prices    at 01/02/99  contractual life  exercise price        at 01/02/99     exercise price 
- -------------------------------------------------------------    ---------------------------------
<S>           <C>             <C>              <C>                 <C>              <C>                                  
$1.25-12.56     374,494        6.3 years       $  5.01               312,793        $  3.52
12.63-17.56   1,578,226       19.9               14.98               367,862          14.92
18.13-26.63   2,434,960       15.7               22.44               235,411          20.76
27.00-31.00   1,100,511       17.6               28.81               195,877          29.52
            -------------                                         ------------        
 1.25-31.00   5,488,191       16.7               20.38             1,111,943          15.52
            =============                                         ============

</TABLE>

                                     42
<PAGE>

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


The per share weighted-average fair value of stock options
granted during 1998, 1997 and 1996 was $14.97, $10.99 and
$7.89, respectively, on the date of grant using the Black
Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-
average assumptions:

<TABLE>

                                  1998       1997        1996
                               ---------------------------------
<S>                              <C>        <C>         <C>   
Expected years until exercise        8          8           8
Risk-free interest rate           5.0%       6.2%        6.3%
Expected stock volatility        58.5%      56.9%       49.2%
Expected dividend yield             0%         0%          0%

</TABLE>

Since the Company applies APB Opinion No. 25 in accounting
for its plans, no compensation cost has been recognized for
its stock options issued to employees.  Had the Company
recorded compensation expense based on the fair value at the
grant date for its stock options under FAS 123, the
Company's net earnings and earnings per share on a diluted
basis would have been reduced by approximately $5,929,000 or
$.18 per share in 1998, approximately $3,965,000 or $.12 per
share in 1997 and approximately $3,023,000 or $.09 per share
in 1996.

Pro forma net earnings reflects only options granted since
January 1, 1995.  Therefore, the full impact of calculating
compensation expense for stock options under FAS 123 is not
reflected in the pro forma net earnings amounts presented
above, because compensation cost is reflected over the
options' vesting period of ten years for these options.
Compensation expense for options granted prior to January 1,
1995 is not considered.

In November 1998, the Company entered into an agreement with
General Electric Company (GE) to integrate the Company's
Health Network Architecture Millennium RadNet Radiology
Information System with GE Medical Systems' Picture Archive
and Communication Systems technology.  In conjunction with
the agreement, the Company sold GE 670,000 shares of common
stock for $14,874,000 and granted warrants for the purchase
of 500,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price equal
to the fair value of the stock at the grant date ($25.49).
The warrants become exercisable provided certain conditions
are met, including achievement of certain levels of revenue.
The warrants expire after seven years or thirty days after
termination of the agreement.

9    Income Taxes

Income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended 1998, 1997,
and 1996, consists of the following:

<TABLE>

  (In thousands)                 1998       1997       1996
                               ----------------------------
  <S>                         <C>          <C>        <C>                  
  Current:                                            
  Federal                     $  (1,929)     916      1,403
  State                          (1,061)      80        136
  Foreign                          (147)      94        218
                               --------- -------    -------
  Total current                  (3,137)   1,090      1,757
                               --------- -------    ------- 
  Deferred:                                           
  Federal                        13,634    7,338      2,553
  State                           1,565      908        341
  Foreign                           617       --         --
                               --------- -------    -------
  Total deferred                 15,816    8,246      2,894
                               --------- -------    -------         

  Total income tax expense    $  12,679    9,336      4,651
                               ========= =======    =======
</TABLE>

                                43
<PAGE>                          

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Temporary differences between the financial statement
carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities
that give rise to significant portions of deferred income
taxes at the end of 1998 and 1997 relate to the following:

<TABLE>

  (In thousands)                                1998            1997
                                              -------------------------
  <S>                                         <C>            <C>            
  Deferred Tax Assets

  Acquisition accrual                         $    2,033          --
  Accrued expenses                                 3,223       2,028
  Separate return net operating losses             1,577       1,577
  Other                                            1,076       2,190
                                               ----------   ---------
  Total deferred tax assets                        7,909       5,795
                                               ----------   ---------
                                                 
  Deferred Tax Liabilities                       
                                                 
  Software development costs                     (20,695)    (15,205)
  Contract and service revenues and costs        (32,255)    (23,316)
  Depreciation and amortization                   (3,856)     (1,577)
  Other                                           (2,867)     (1,645)
                                               ----------   ---------
  Total deferred tax liabilities                 (59,673)    (41,743)
                                               ----------   ---------
                                                 
  Net deferred tax liability                  $  (51,764)    (35,948)
                                               ==========   =========
</TABLE>

The effective income tax rates for 1998, 1997, and 1996 were
38%, 38%, and 36%, respectively.  These effective rates
differ from the federal statutory rate of 35% as follows:

<TABLE>

  (In thousands)                                   1998     1997     1996
                                                ---------------------------
                                                  
  <S>                                         <C>          <C>      <C>       
  Tax expense at statutory rates              $  11,644    8,569    4,516
  State income tax, net of federal benefit        1,280      632      310
  Other, net                                       (245)     135     (175)
                                               ---------  ------  --------
                                                     
  Total income tax expense                    $  12,679    9,336    4,651
                                               =========  ======   =======

</TABLE>

Income taxes payable are reduced by the tax benefit
resulting from disqualifying dispositions of stock acquired
under the Company's stock option plans.  The 1998, 1997, and
1996 benefits of $621,000, $521,000, and $260,000,
respectively, are treated as increases to additional paid-in
capital.

                                44
<PAGE>                          

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

10   Foundations Retirement Plan

The Cerner Corporation Foundations Retirement Plan (the
Plan) is established under Section 401(k) of the Internal
Revenue Code.  All full-time associates are eligible to
participate.  Participants may elect to make pretax
contributions from 1% to 15% of compensation to the Plan,
subject to annual limitations determined by the Internal
Revenue Service.  Participants may direct contributions into
mutual funds, a money market fund, or a Company stock fund.
The Company makes matching contributions to the Plan, on
behalf of participants, in an amount equal to 20% of the
participant's contribution, limited to an annual maximum of
$600 per participant.  The Company's expense for the plan
amounted to $1,005,000, $761,000, and $560,000 for 1998,
1997, and 1996, respectively.

11   Commitments

The Company is committed under operating leases for office
space through December 2004.  Rent expense for office and
warehouse space for the Company's regional and international
offices for 1998, 1997, and 1996 was $1,847,000, $1,759,000,
and $1,580,000,  respectively.  Aggregate minimum future
payments (in thousands) under these noncancelable leases are
as follows:

<TABLE>

               Years               
              -----------------------------
               <C>           <C>                    
               1999          $ 2,438
               2000            1,437
               2001              935
               2002              438
               2003              238
               2004              171

</TABLE>

12   Real Estate Lease Revenue

The Company leases space to unrelated parties in its Kansas
City headquarters complex under noncancelable operating
leases.  Included in other revenues is rental income of
$1,795,000, $1,694,000, and $2,383,000 in 1998, 1997, and
1996, respectively.  Future minimum lease revenues (in
thousands) under these noncancelable operating leases
expiring through 2002 are as follows:

<TABLE>
       
                Years               
               -----------------------
               <C>           <C>                    
               1999          $  685
               2000             303
               2001              32
               2002              26

</TABLE>

13   Stockholders' Equity

At the end of 1998 and 1997, the Company had 1,000,000
shares of authorized but unissued preferred stock, $.01 par
value.

                                 45
<PAGE>                          

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

14   Quarterly Results (unaudited)

Selected quarterly financial data for 1998 and 1997 is set forth below:

(In thousands,except per share data)

<TABLE>
                                      Earnings                         
                                       before                Basic      Diluted
                                       Income     Net       earnings    earnings
                            Revenue     taxes   earnings    per share   per share    
                          -------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   
                                                                   
<S>                        <C>        <S>       <C>           <C>         <C>                 
1998 quarterly results:                                                     
                                                                   
April 4                    $ 73,674     1,106      671        .02         .02
July 4                       79,152     8,726    5,369        .16         .16
October 3                    82,832    10,185    6,348        .19         .19
January 2                    95,244    13,251    8,201        .26         .24
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   
Total                     $ 330,902    33,268   20,589        .63         .61
                           ========    ======   ======      =====        =====
                                                                   
1997 quarterly results:                                                    
                                                                   
March 29                  $  51,129     3,123    1,936        .06         .06
June 28                      63,320     5,478    3,324        .10         .10
September 27                 60,777     7,203    4,445        .13         .13
January 3                    69,831     8,680    5,443        .17         .16
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   
Total                     $ 245,057    24,484   15,148        .46        .45
                           ========   =======   ======       ====        =====                                                     

                                           46
<PAGE>                                  

</TABLE>
<TABLE>
                              
                           Cerner Corporation
                    Valuation and Qualifying Accounts            Schedule II
<CAPTION>                    
                    

                                     Additions
                        Balance at   Charged to
                        Beginning    Costs and                 Balance at
     Description        of Period     Expenses   Deductions   End of Period
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
For Year Ended January 3, 1998
<S>                    <C>           <C>          <C>          <C> 
Doubtful Accounts      $ 1,121,000   $  369,000   $        0   $ 1,490,000

Sales Allowances       $         0   $        0   $        0   $         0
                                                           
                                                           
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
                                                           
                                     Additions               
                        Balance at   Charged to
                        Beginning    Costs and                 Balance at
     Description        of Period     Expenses   Deductions   End of Period
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
For Year Ended January 2, 1999
<S>                    <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>
Doubtful Accounts      $ 1,490,000   $ 1,915,000  $        0   $ 3,405,000
                                                           
Sales Allowances       $         0   $         0  $        0   $         0
                                                           
                                                           
</TABLE>
                                                           
                                            47
<PAGE>                                                           
                                 
                                 
                                 
                   Independent Auditors' Report
                  on Financial Statement Schedule
                                 
                                 
                                 
  The Board of Directors
  Cerner Corporation:
  
  
  Under   date  of  February  3,  1999,  we  reported  on   the
  consolidated   balance  sheets  of  Cerner  Corporation   and
  subsidiaries as of January 2, 1999 and January  3,  1998  and
  the  related consolidated statements of earnings, changes  in
  equity,  and cash flows for each of the years in  the  three-
  year   period  ended  January  2,  1999.  These  consolidated
  financial  statements and our report thereon are included  in
  the  Company's annual report on Form 10-K for the year  1998.
  In   connection   with  our  audits  of  the   aforementioned
  consolidated financial statements, we also have  audited  the
  related  financial  statement schedule as listed  under  Item
  14(a)(2).   This   financial  statement   schedule   is   the
  responsibility    of    the   Company's    management.    Our
  responsibility  is  to express an opinion on  this  financial
  statement schedule based on our audits.
  
  In  our  opinion,  this  financial statement  schedule,  when
  considered  in  relation to the basic consolidated  financial
  statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material
  respects, the information set forth therein.
  
                             KPMG LLP
                                 
  Kansas City, Missouri
  February 3, 1999



- --------------------------------------------------------------------




                        CERNER CORPORATION


                             --------



                           $18,000,000

                         CREDIT AGREEMENT



                    Dated as of April 1, 1999



                             --------



                    MERCANTILE BANK, as Agent






- ---------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>


                        TABLE OF CONTENTS

RECITALS .............................................................1

SECTION 1.  DEFINITIONS, ACCOUNTING MATTERS AND GENERAL RULES.........1
    1.1.    Certain Defined Terms.....................................1
    1.2.    Accounting Terms; Statements of Variation................13
    1.3.    General Rules............................................14

SECTION 2.  THE COMMITMENTS..........................................14
    2.1.    Loans....................................................14
    2.2.    Borrowings...............................................14
    2.3.    Reductions and Changes of Commitments....................15
    2.4.    Lending Offices..........................................15
    2.5.    Several Obligations; Remedies Independent................15
    2.6.    Notes....................................................15
    2.7.    Conversion or Continuation of Loans......................15
    2.8.    Repayment of Loans.......................................15
    2.9.    Interest.................................................15
    2.10.   Optional Prepayments.....................................16
    2.11.   Mandatory Prepayments....................................16
    2.12.   Payments.................................................16
    2.13.   Pro Rata Treatment.......................................17
    2.14.   Minimum Amounts..........................................17
    2.15.   Certain Notices..........................................17
    2.16.   Non-Receipt of Funds by the Agent........................18
    2.17.   Balances; Sharing of Payments............................18
    2.18.   Computation of Interest..................................19
    2.19.   Guaranty.................................................19
    2.20.   Advances After Default...................................19
    2.21.   Letters of Credit........................................19
    2.22.   Banks' Option to Adjust Pricing..........................21

SECTION 3.  FEES; YIELD PROTECTION...................................22
    3.1.    Commitment Fees..........................................22
    3.2.    Additional Costs.........................................22
    3.3.    Limitation on Types of Loans.............................23
    3.4.    Illegality...............................................23
    3.5.    Certain Conversions Pursuant to Sections 3.3 and 3.4.....23
    3.6.    Compensation.............................................24

SECTION 4.  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.....................................24
    4.1.    Conditions Precedent to the Loans........................24
    4.2.    Subsequent Loans and Advances............................25

SECTION 5.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES...........................26
    5.1.    Corporate Existence and Structure........................26
    5.2.    Financial Condition......................................26
    5.3.    Litigation...............................................26
    5.4.    No Breach................................................26


                            Credit Agreement -- Page ii

<PAGE>

    5.5.    Corporate Action; Binding Effect.........................26
    5.6.    Approvals................................................27
    5.7.    ERISA....................................................27
    5.8.    Taxes....................................................27
    5.9.    Investment Company Act...................................27
    5.10.   Public Utility Holding Company Act.......................27
    5.11.   Environmental Matters....................................27
    5.12.   Subsidiaries.............................................28
    5.13.   Assets of the Borrower...................................28
    5.14.   Material Contracts.......................................28
    5.15.   Solvency.................................................29
    5.16.   Margin Regulations.......................................29
    5.17.   Copyrights, Patents and Other Rights.....................29
    5.18.   Disclosure...............................................29
    5.19.   Labor Matters............................................29
    5.20.   No Event of Default......................................29
    5.21.   Use of Proceeds..........................................29
    5.22.   Authorized Officers......................................30

SECTION 6.  COVENANTS................................................30
    6.1.    Information..............................................30
    6.2.    Litigation, Etc..........................................32
    6.3.    Compliance, Inspection, Etc..............................32
    6.4.    Use of Proceeds..........................................33
    6.5.    Current Ratio............................................33
    6.6.    Minimum Tangible Net Worth...............................33
    6.7.    Funded Debt Ratio........................................33
    6.8.    Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio..............................33
    6.9.    [this section intentionally left blank]..................33
    6.10.   Certain Obligations Respecting Subsidiaries..............33
    6.11.   Mergers, Acquisitions, Sale of Assets, Etc...............34
    6.12.   Dividends and Distributions..............................35
    6.13.   Sale and Lease-Back Transactions.........................35
    6.14.   Investments and Joint Ventures...........................35
    6.15.   Liens....................................................36
    6.16.   Transactions With Affiliates.............................36
    6.17.   Insurance................................................37
    6.18.   Maintenance of Properties................................37
    6.19.   Environmental Laws; Indemnification......................37
    6.20.   Nature of Business; Limitations on Fundamental Changes...38

SECTION 7.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT........................................38

SECTION 8.  THE AGENT................................................40

SECTION 9.  MISCELLANEOUS............................................42
    9.1.    Waiver...................................................42
    9.2.    Notices..................................................43
    9.3.    Expenses, Indemnification, Etc...........................43
    9.4.    Amendments, Etc..........................................43
    9.5.    Successors and Assigns...................................43

                           Credit Agreement -- Page iii

<PAGE>

    9.6.    Assignments and Participations...........................43
    9.7.    Survival.................................................44
    9.8.    Captions.................................................44
    9.9.    Counterparts.............................................44
    9.10.   Survival of Agreements...................................44
    9.11.   Interest.................................................44
    9.12.   Integration; Severability................................45
    9.13.   NO ORAL AGREEMENTS; FINAL WRITTEN AGREEMENT..............45
    9.14.   Controlling Document.....................................45
    9.15.   JURISDICTION.............................................45
    9.16.   GOVERNING LAW............................................46
    9.17.   WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY..................................46
    9.18.   Confidentiality and Nondisclosure........................46


                           Credit Agreement -- Page iv
     



Exhibit A     - Commitments
Exhibit B     - Form of Revolving Credit Note
Exhibit C     - Form of Borrowing Notice
Exhibit D     - Form of Borrowing Base and Compliance Certificate
Schedule 1.1  - Existing Liens
Schedule 5.2  - Contingent Liabilities
Schedule 5.3  - Litigation
Schedule 5.8  - Taxes
Schedule 5.11 - Environmental Matters
Schedule 5.12 - Existing Subsidiaries
Schedule 5.14 - Existing Material Contracts
Schedule 6.14 - Existing Investments



                          Credit Agreement -- Page v

<PAGE>



    THIS  CREDIT AGREEMENT (as the same may be amended, modified,
supplemented  or replaced from time to time, the "Agreement")  is
                                                  ---------
made  as  of  April 1, 1999, by and among CERNER  CORPORATION,  a
Delaware corporation (the "Borrower"); MERCANTILE BANK, a  Kansas
                           --------
banking corporation, and each other lender, if any, from time  to
time  identified as having a Commitment on Exhibit A  hereto  and
who  becomes  a  party  hereto (each a "Bank"  and,  collectively
                                        ----
(whether  one or more), the "Banks"); MERCANTILE BANK,  a  Kansas
                             -----
banking corporation, as the issuing bank of letters of credit (in
such capacity, the "Issuing Bank"); and MERCANTILE BANK, a Kansas
                    ------------
banking  corporation, as agent hereunder for the Banks  (in  such
capacity,  together  with its successors in  such  capacity,  the
"Agent").
- -------
    
     To   induce   the  Banks  to  extend  credit  and   financial
accommodations  to the Borrower and for other good  and  valuable
consideration,  the  receipt  and  sufficiency   of   which   are
acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

SECTION 1.      DEFINITIONS, ACCOUNTING MATTERS AND GENERAL RULES
- -----------------------------------------------------------------

    1.1. Certain  Defined  Terms.  As used herein,  the  following
         -----------------------  
terms  shall  have the following meanings (all terms  defined  in
this  Section 1 or in other provisions of this Agreement  in  the
singular  to have the same meanings when used in the  plural  and
vice versa):
- ---- -----

    "Acquisition"  shall mean any transaction, or any  series  of
     -----------
related   transactions,  consummated  after  the  date  of   this
Agreement,  by which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries  (in
one transaction or as the most recent transaction in a series  of
transactions)  (i)  acquires  any  going  business  or   all   or
substantially all of the assets of any Person (including, in  the
case  of  a  corporation, any division thereof), whether  through
purchase  of  assets,  merger  or  otherwise,  (ii)  directly  or
indirectly acquires control of at least a majority (in number  of
votes)  of  the  securities of a corporation which have  ordinary
voting power for the election of directors, or (iii) directly  or
indirectly  acquires control of a majority ownership interest  in
any partnership or joint venture.

    "Additional  Eurodollar  Loan Costs"  shall  mean  any  costs
     ----------------------------------
resulting  from any Regulatory Change which imposes, modifies  or
deems  applicable any reserve, special deposit, minimum  capital,
capital  ratio  or similar requirements (other than  the  Reserve
Requirement  utilized  in  the  determination  of  LIBOR  Reserve
Adjusted Rate for any Eurodollar Loan) relating to any extensions
of  credit  or  other assets of, or any deposits  with  or  other
liabilities of, any Bank (including any of the Eurodollar Loans),
or  any  Commitment  of any Bank, and which, in  each  case,  are
attributable to such Bank's making or maintaining any  Eurodollar
Loans  or  its obligation to make any Eurodollar Loans hereunder,
or  any reduction in any amount receivable by such Bank hereunder
in respect of any of such Eurodollar Loans or such obligation.

    "Affiliate"  shall  mean, with respect  to  any  Person,  any
     ---------
other   Person  or  group  of  affiliated  Persons  directly   or
indirectly   controlling   (including  without   limitation   all
directors  and officers of such Person), controlled by  or  under
direct or indirect common control with such Person.  For purposes
of  this  definition, a Person shall be deemed to control another
Person  if  such first Person possesses, directly or  indirectly,
the power (i) to vote five percent (5%) or more of the securities
having  ordinary  voting power for the election of  directors  of
such  other  Person, or (ii) to direct or cause the direction  of
the management or policies of such other Person.

    "Applicable  Margin"  shall mean: from  and  after  the  date
     ------------------
hereof to but excluding June 30, 1999, the Applicable Margin  for
Corporate  Base  Rate  Loans shall be 0.75%  and  the  Applicable
Margin  for Eurodollar Loans shall be 1.10%.  Thereafter,  if  at
the end of any fiscal quarter (commencing with the quarter ending
on  April  3, 1999), the Tangible Net Worth Ratio is  within  the
respective ranges set forth below, then with respect


                     Credit Agreement -- Page 1


to Corporate Base Rate Loans and Eurodollar Loans the "Applicable 
Margin" at all times during the second succeeding fiscal quarter 
shall be the respective percentages set forth opposite such ratios:

<TABLE>
 
                                 Applicable Margin    Applicable Margin
  Tangible Net                   for Corporate        for Eurodollar
  Worth Ratio                    Base Rate Loans      Loans
  --------------                 -----------------    --------------
  <S>                                   <C>                  <C>
  Greater than 1.25 to 1                0.25%                1.50%
                                                        
  Less than or equal to 1.25                             
  to 1,but greater than .80 to 1        0.50%                1.25%
                                                        
  Less than or equal to .80 to 1        0.75%                1.10%

</TABLE>

provided, however, that during any period that the Borrower has
failed  to deliver the financial statements or the Borrowing
Base  and Compliance Certificate as required by Section  6.1
hereof, the Applicable Margin for Corporate Base Rate  Loans
shall  be  0.25%  and the Applicable Margin  for  Eurodollar
Loans shall be 1.50%.

     "Borrowing Base" means, at any date, an amount equal to 
      --------------
the sum of (i) fifty percent (50%) of the lesser of the cost
or market value of all Eligible Inventory, plus (ii) seventy-
five  percent (75%) of the aggregate amount then  due  under
all  Eligible Receivables, plus fifty percent (50%)  of  the
book  value  of  Eligible Equipment.  All determinations  in
connection  with the Borrowing Base shall be made  initially
by the Borrower in accordance with its credit and collection
policy  and  certified to the Agent in  the  Borrowing  Base
Certificate;  provided, however, that the Agent  shall  have
the  right to review and adjust, in its judgment,  any  such
determination   by   the  Borrower  to   the   extent   such
determination is not in accordance with this Agreement.

     "Borrowing Base Certificate" has the meaning assigned to
      ----------------------------
such term in Section 6.1 hereof.

     "Borrowing Date" shall mean the date of each borrowing under
      --------------
Section 2.2 hereof.

     "Business Day" shall mean any day on which commercial banks
      ------------
are  not authorized or required to close in Shawnee,  Kansas
or  Chicago, Illinois; provided, however, that when used  in
connection  with a Eurodollar Loan, the term "Business  Day"
shall  also exclude any day on which banks are not open  for
dealing in Dollar deposits in the London interbank market.

     "Capital  Expenditures" shall mean, without duplication,
      --------------------- 
(i)  expenditures  (whether paid in cash  or  accrued  as  a
liability)  for fixed assets, tooling, plant  and  equipment
(including  without  limitation the  incurrence  of  Capital
Lease  Obligations), (ii) any other expenditures  (including
without  limitation  all software research  and  development
costs)  that  would  be  classified as capital  expenditures
under  GAAP,  and  (iii)  the amount of  consideration  paid
(other than in equity securities of the Borrower) and/or any
monetary  obligation  incurred in respect  of  the  purchase
price for any Acquisition.

     "Capital Lease Obligations" shall mean, as to any Person,
      --------------------------
the  obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts
under a lease of (or other agreement conveying the right  to
use)  real  and/or personal property which  obligations  are
required  to  be classified and accounted for as  a  capital
lease on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP and,  for
purposes  of  this Agreement, the amount of such obligations
shall  be  the  capitalized amount  thereof,  determined  in
accordance with GAAP.


                   Credit Agreement -- Page 2

<PAGE>

    "Change in Control" shall be deemed to have occurred  if
     -----------------
(a) any person or group (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5 of
the SEC as in effect on the date hereof) shall own, directly
or   indirectly,   beneficially   or   of   record,   shares
representing more than 50% of the aggregate ordinary  voting
power  represented  by  the issued and  outstanding  capital
stock  of  the Borrower; or (b) a change shall occur  during
any  period  in  the Board of Directors of the  Borrower  in
which the individuals who constituted the Board of Directors
of  the  Borrower at the beginning of such period  (together
with  any  other  director whose election by  the  Board  of
Directors  of the Borrower or whose nomination for  election
by  the stockholders of the Borrower was approved by a  vote
of  at least two-thirds of the directors then in office  who
either  were  directors at the beginning of such  period  or
whose election or nomination for election was previously  so
approved)  cease for any reason to constitute a majority  of
the directors of the Borrower then in office.

    "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,  as
     ----
amended.

    "Collateral"  shall  mean  the  properties  and   assets
     ----------
described   in  the  Security  Documents,  and   all   other
properties  and  assets which may be  pledged  or  mortgaged
hereafter  by  any  Person  to  secure  the  payment  and/or
performance of any Obligations.

    "Commitments"   shall   mean   the   Revolving    Credit
     -----------
Commitments.

    "Computation  Date"  shall mean  the  last  day  of  any
     ----------------- 
calendar month.

    "Consolidated  Net Income" shall mean, for  any  period,
     ------------------------
the  net  income  and  net losses of the  Borrower  and  its
Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as defined according to
GAAP.

    "Consolidated  Net Worth" shall mean, at any  date,  the
     -----------------------
amount  shown as "total shareholders' equity" (or  any  like
caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and
its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.

    "Continue,"  "Continuation" and "Continued" shall  refer
     --------     ------------       ---------
to  the continuation of a Loan of one type as a Loan of  the
same  type  from  one Interest Period to the  next  Interest
Period.

    "Convert," "Conversion," and "Converted" shall refer  to
     -------    ----------        ---------
a  conversion pursuant to Section 2.7 hereof of Loans of one
type into Loans of the other type.
    
    "Corporate  Base Rate" shall mean the rate  of  interest
     --------------------
from  time  to  time  announced by Mercantile  Bank  as  its
"corporate  base  rate,"  with the understanding  that  such
"corporate  base  rate" may be one of the several  announced
interest  rates  and  serves as a basis on  which  effective
rates of interest are from time to time calculated for loans
making reference thereto, and may not be the lowest, best or
most  favored  of the interest rates offered  by  Mercantile
Bank.

    "Corporate Base Rate Loans" shall mean Loans  which,  at
     -------------------------
the  time,  pursuant  to the terms of this  Agreement,  bear
interest at rates based on the Corporate Base Rate.


                             -1-

<PAGE>


    "Credit   Documents"  shall  mean,  collectively,   this
     ------------------
Agreement, the Notes, the Security Documents, all Letters of
Credit,   all  Reimbursement  Agreements,  and   all   other
documents executed in connection herewith or as security for
the  Notes,  as any or all of the foregoing may be  renewed,
extended,  amended,  modified,  supplemented,  replaced,  or
rearranged from time to time.

    "Current  Assets" shall mean, at any date,  the  current
     ---------------
assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries determined on  a
consolidated basis as of such date in accordance with GAAP.

    "Current  Liabilities"  shall mean,  at  any  date,  the
     --------------------
current  liabilities  of the Borrower and  its  Subsidiaries
determined  on  a  consolidated basis as  of  such  date  in
accordance with GAAP.

    "Current  Ratio" shall mean, at any date, the  ratio  of
     --------------
Current Assets to Current Liabilities.
    
    "Default"  shall mean an Event of Default  or  an  event
     -------
which  with notice or lapse of time or both would become  an
Event of Default.

    "Default  Rate" shall mean, in respect of any  principal
     -------------
of  any  Loan or any other amount whatsoever payable by  the
Borrower under this Agreement or any Note which is not  paid
when  due  (whether at stated maturity, by  acceleration  or
otherwise), a rate per annum during the period commencing on
and  including  the  due  date of such  amount  to  but  not
including  the  date such amount is paid in  full  equal  to
three  percent (3%) per annum above the Corporate Base  Rate
from time to time.

    "Dollars" and "$" shall mean lawful money of the  United
     -------       -
States of America.

    "EBITDA"  shall  mean, for any period, Consolidated  Net
     ------
Income  for the period in question plus (a) the sum  of  (i)
all  amounts  deducted in arriving at such Consolidated  Net
Income  in  respect  to Interest Expense  for  such  period;
federal,  state  and  local income taxes  for  such  period;
depreciation and amortization and other noncash nonoperating
charges  for such period; and to the extent not included  in
the   above,   miscellaneous  expenses   from   nonoperating
transactions which do not relate to any extraordinary  items
for  such  period  and (ii) extraordinary  losses  for  such
period,  minus  (b) the sum of (i) all amounts  included  in
arriving  at  such  Consolidated Net Income  in  respect  of
miscellaneous  income  from  nonoperating  transactions  and
which  do  not  relate to any extraordinary items  for  such
period;  and (ii) all extraordinary profits for the  period,
determined on a consolidated basis for the Borrower and  its
Subsidiaries.

    "Eligible  Equipment" means, at any date, all  Equipment
     -------------------
of  the  Borrower  and  its Subsidiaries  except:   (i)  all
Equipment  which in the reasonable opinion of the  Agent  is
obsolete  or  unmerchantable, (ii) all Equipment  which  the
Agent  in  its  sole  discretion deems not  to  be  Eligible
Equipment,  based on such considerations as the Agent  (with
the  consent  of  the  Majority Banks) may  reasonably  deem
appropriate,  (iii) all Equipment which is  subject  to  any
Lien  or  any  other claim of any kind or nature whatsoever,
(iv)  all  Equipment which does not comply in  all  material
respects  with  applicable laws, rules and regulations,  (v)
all  Equipment  which is defective, unusable,  or  otherwise
fails  to  meet  the requirements of the  Borrower  or  such
Subsidiary in any material respect, (vi) all Equipment as to
which any representation or warranty applicable thereto  and
made  herein or in any of the other Credit Documents  is  or
becomes  untrue in any respect or as to which  any  covenant
applicable  thereto and contained herein or in  any  of  the
other Credit Documents shall not 

                            -2-

<PAGE>


have been complied with in any material respect, (vii) all  
Equipment consigned or leased to or from any Person, and (viii)
all Equipment that is or becomes a fixture under the laws of
the jurisdiction where such Equipment is located.

    "Eligible  Inventory" means, at any date, all  Inventory
     -------------------
of  the  Borrower  and its Subsidiaries other  than  Foreign
Subsidiaries  except:  (i)  all  Inventory  which   in   the
reasonable   opinion   of   the   Agent   is   obsolete   or
unmerchantable, (ii) all Inventory which the Agent (with the
consent of the Majority Banks) in its sole discretion  deems
not  to  be Eligible Inventory, based on such considerations
as  the  Agent (with the consent of the Majority Banks)  may
reasonably  deem appropriate, (iii) all Inventory  which  is
subject to any Lien or any other claim of any kind or nature
whatsoever, (iv) all Inventory which does not comply in  all
material  respects  with  all  applicable  laws,  rules  and
regulations, (v) all Inventory which is defective, unusable,
or  otherwise fails to meet the requirements of the Borrower
or  such  Subsidiary  in  any  material  respect,  (vi)  all
Inventory  as  to  which  any  representation  or   warranty
applicable  thereto and made herein or in any of  the  other
Credit Documents is or becomes untrue in any respect  or  as
to  which  any  covenant  applicable thereto  and  contained
herein  or  in any of the other Credit Documents  shall  not
have  been complied with in any material respect, and  (vii)
all  Inventory  consigned or leased to  or  from  any  other
Person.

    "Eligible   Receivables"  means,  at   any   date,   all
     ----------------------  
Receivables of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (other than
Foreign Subsidiaries) except:

    (i)  all  Receivables  (a)  with  respect  to  which  an
         invoice  or  bill  has  not  been  issued  or  with
         respect   to  which  any  amount  due  under   such
         Receivable remains unpaid more than 150 days  after
         the  date of the original invoice or bill for  such
         Receivable,  (b) from any obligor as to  whom  more
         than  25%  of  the aggregate amount due  under  all
         Receivables owing from such obligor remains  unpaid
         for  that same 150 day period, (c) from an  obligor
         who  is  insolvent or bankrupt, (d) from an obligor
         disapproved by the Agent (with the consent  of  the
         Majority  Banks),  in  its  sole  discretion,   for
         reasonable   cause,   or  (e)   which   should   be
         classified   as  delinquent  or  written   off   as
         uncollectible  in  the  Agent's  reasonable  credit
         judgment;

    (ii) any  Receivable  which (a)  is  in  dispute  or  is
         subject  to  any  Lien  or  any  offset,  claim  or
         defense  of any kind or nature whatsoever,  or  (b)
         does  not  comply in all a material  respects  with
         all  applicable laws, rules and regulations, or (c)
         was  due at any time to a Foreign Subsidiary or  is
         not payable in Dollars.
         
    (iii)       any  Receivable  (a) due from  suppliers  of
         Inventory to the extent the Borrower or any of  its
         Subsidiaries  is  indebted to such  suppliers,  (b)
         which  the  Borrower  or such Subsidiary  rescinds,
         annuls,   or   modifies   (to   the   extent    the
         modification  reduces the amount due  or  otherwise
         causes  the Receivable to be excepted out  pursuant
         to  this definition), (c) with respect to which the
         payment  of any amount due thereunder is contingent
         upon  the  fulfillment of any condition  whatsoever
         (other    than   for   the   Borrower's   customary
         acceptance   procedures),  or   arises   from   any
         repurchase or return arrangement, or (d) which  the
         Agent  (with the consent of the Majority Banks)  in
         its  sole  discretion deems not to be  an  Eligible
         Receivable,  based  on such considerations  as  the
         Agent (with the consent of the Majority Banks)  may
         reasonably deem appropriate; and

                                -3-

<PAGE>

    (iv) all  Receivables as to which any representation  or
         warranty applicable thereto and made herein  or  in
         any  of  the Credit Documents is or becomes  untrue
         in   any  material  respect  or  as  to  which  any
         covenant  applicable thereto and  contained  herein
         or  in  any part of the Credit Documents shall  not
         have been complied with in any material respect.

    "Environmental  Laws" shall mean any  and  all  federal,
     -------------------
state,  local or municipal laws, rules, orders, regulations,
statutes, ordinances, codes, decrees or requirements of  any
Governmental Authority regulating, relating to  or  imposing
liability  or standards of conduct concerning any  Hazardous
Material or Petroleum Product or environmental protection or
health and safety, as now or may at any time hereafter be in
effect,  including without limitation, the Clean  Water  Act
also  known  as  the  Federal Water  Pollution  Control  Act
("FWPCA"),  33  U.S.C.  1251, et seq.,  the  Clean  Air  Act
("CAA"),   42   U.S.C.     7401   et   seq.,   the   Federal
Insecticide,  Fungicide  and Rodenticide  Act  ("FIFRA"),  7
U.S.C.   136  et  seq.,  the  Surface  Mining  Control   and
Reclamation  Act  1200 et seq. ("SMCRA"),  30  U.S.C.   1201
et   seq.,   the   Comprehensive   Environmental   Response,
Compensation and Liability Act ("CERCLA"), 42  U.S.C.   9601
et seq., the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of
1986  ("SARA"),  Public  Law 99-499,  100  Stat.  1613,  the
Emergency   Planning   and   Community   Right-to-Know   Act
("EPCRA"),   42   U.S.C.   1101  et   seq.,   the   Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act ("RCRA"), 42 U.S.C.   6901  et
seq.,  and the Occupational Safety and Health Act as amended
("OSHA"),  29 U.S.C.  655 and  657, in each case,  with  any
amendment   thereto,   and  the  regulations   adopted   and
publications  promulgated thereunder and  all  substitutions
thereof.

    "ERISA"  shall  mean  the  Employee  Retirement   Income
     -----
Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

    "ERISA  Affiliate" shall mean any corporation  or  trade
     ----------------
or  business which is a member of the same controlled  group
of corporations (within the meaning of Section 414(b) of the
Code) as the Borrower or is under common control (within the
meaning of Section 414(c) of the Code) with the Borrower.
    
    "Equipment"   shall   mean  all  machinery,   furniture,
     ---------
computers,  office equipment, vehicles and other  equipment,
as that term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in
effect from time to time in the State of Missouri.

    "Eurodollar  Loans" shall mean Loans the interest  rates
     -----------------
of  which are, at the time, determined on the basis of rates
referred   to   in  the  definition  of  "LIBOR"   in   this
Section 1.1.

    "Event  of  Default" shall have the meaning assigned  to
     ------------------
such term in Section 7 hereof.

    "Existing  Credit  Agreement" shall  mean  that  certain
     ---------------------------
Credit  Agreement dated as of April 18, 1994, by  and  among
Mercantile Bank (as the successor in interest to Mark  Twain
Kansas  City  Bank), Harris Trust and Savings  Bank,  Cerner
Corporation,  and  Cerner Properties, Inc.,  as  amended  to
date.

    "Fiscal   Period"  shall  mean  the  period  of   twelve
     ---------------
consecutive months ending on a Computation Date.

                           -4-


    "Fixed  Charges" shall mean, for any Fiscal Period,  the
     --------------
sum   of   (i)  all  Interest  Expense  during  such  period
(provided, however, that in the case of the 11 months ending
immediately  following the date of this Agreement,  Interest
Expense  shall  be  calculated on the  basis  of  annualized
Interest  Expense for the actual number of months that  have
ended  since  the  date  of  this Agreement),  (ii)  current
maturities  of  Indebtedness (excluding advances  under  the
Revolving  Credit Loans) as of the last day of such  period,
(iii) 20% of the outstanding balance of the Revolving Credit
Loans  and the LC Exposure at the end of such Fiscal Period,
but  only  if the Revolving Credit Termination Date  is  one
year  or more later than the last day of such Fiscal Period,
and  (iv)  rental  expense on operating and other  long-term
lease  obligations  as  of  the last  day  of  such  period,
determined on a consolidated basis for the Borrower and  its
Subsidiaries.

    "Fixed  Charge  Coverage  Ratio"  shall  mean,  for  any
     ------------------------------
Fiscal  Period,  the  ratio of (i) EBITDA  for  such  Fiscal
Period,  minus Capital Expenditures, plus rental expense  on
         -----                       ----
operating  and other long-term lease obligations as  of  the
last  day  of  such  Period to (ii) Fixed Charges  for  such
Fiscal  Period, determined on a consolidated basis  for  the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

    "Foreign Subsidiary" shall mean any Subsidiary  that  is
     ------------------
not  organized  under the laws of any State  of  the  United
States  of  America  or  that has  any  permanent  place  of
business  outside  the United States of America,  and  shall
include   Cerner  Corporation  PTY  Limited,  a  corporation
organized under the laws of Australia, Cerner FSC,  Inc.,  a
corporation  organized under the laws  of  Barbados,  Cerner
Limited,  a  corporation organized under  the  laws  of  the
United  Kingdom,  Cerner  Deutschland  GmbH,  a  corporation
organized  under  the  laws  of  Germany,  Cerner  Singapore
Limited,  a  Delaware corporation, Cerner Canada Limited,  a
Delaware  corporation,  and Cerner  (Malaysia)  SDN  BHD,  a
corporation organized under the laws of Malaysia.

    "Funded  Debt"  shall mean, as to the Borrower  and  its
     ------------
Subsidiaries  determined  on a consolidated  basis,  without
duplication,  all  Indebtedness  (including  Capital   Lease
Obligations  and  Guaranties  of  Indebtedness  of  others),
regardless of maturity.

    "Funded  Debt Ratio" shall mean, at any date, the  ratio
     ------------------
(expressed as a percentage) of (i) the aggregate outstanding
Funded  Debt  to  (ii) Total Capitalization  on  such  date,
determined on a consolidated basis for the Borrower and  its
Subsidiaries.

    "GAAP"   shall   mean   generally  accepted   accounting
     ----
principles  in the United States of America,  as  in  effect
from time to time.

    "Governmental  Authority"  shall  mean  any  nation   or
     -----------------------
government,   any  state  or  other  political   subdivision
thereof,  and any branch, department, or agency thereof,  or
any   other   entity   exercising  executive,   legislative,
judicial,  regulatory  or  administrative  functions  of  or
pertaining to a government.

    "Guarantee"  shall mean, in respect of any  Person,  any
     ---------
obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person directly
or  indirectly  guaranteeing  any  Indebtedness  of  another
Person,  including  without  limitation  by  means   of   an
agreement to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for
the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or to maintain
financial  covenants,  or  to assure  the  payment  of  such
Indebtedness by an agreement to make payments in respect  of
goods or services regardless of whether delivered, or otherwise,


                              -5-

provided, that the term "Guarantee"  shall not include endorsements
for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business;
and such term when used as a verb shall have a correlative meaning.

    "Hazardous   Materials"   shall   mean   any   flammable
     ---------------------
materials,  explosives,  radioactive  materials,   hazardous
materials,  hazardous wastes, hazardous or toxic substances,
or  similar  materials  defined as such  in  any  applicable
Environmental Law.

    "Inactive  Subsidiaries" means Cerner  Healthwise,  Inc.
     ----------------------
and Cerner Performance Logistics, Inc.

    "Indebtedness"  shall  mean, as  to  any  Person,  on  a
     ------------
consolidated basis with such Person's Subsidiaries,  without
duplication:   (i)  all  obligations  of  such  Person   for
borrowed  money or evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes  or
similar instruments, (ii) all obligations of such Person for
the  deferred purchase price of property or services, except
trade  accounts payable and accrued liabilities  arising  in
the  ordinary  course of business which are not  overdue  by
more than 30 days or which are being contested in good faith
by   appropriate  proceedings,  (iii)  all   Capital   Lease
Obligations of such Person, (iv) all Indebtedness of  others
secured  by a Lien on any properties, assets or revenues  of
such  Person  to  the extent of the value  of  the  property
subject  to  such  Lien,  (v)  all  Indebtedness  of  others
Guaranteed by such Person and (vi) all obligations  of  such
Person,  contingent or otherwise, in respect of any  letters
of credit or bankers' acceptances.

    "Interest Expense" shall mean, for any period, all  cash
     ----------------
and  noncash  interest  on Indebtedness  (including  imputed
interest  on Capital Lease Obligations) of the Borrower  and
its Subsidiaries during such period; provided, however, that
                                     --------  -------
there  shall  be  added to "Interest Expense"  any  fees  or
commissions or net losses amortized during such period under
any  Interest  Rate Protection Agreement  and  any  fees  or
commissions payable in connection with any letters of credit
during  such  period  and  there shall  be  subtracted  from
"Interest  Expense" any net gains under  any  Interest  Rate
Protection Agreement during such period.

    "Interest  Period"  shall  mean,  with  respect  to  any
     ----------------
Eurodollar  Loan, each period commencing on  the  date  such
Loan  is  made, Continued, or Converted, and ending  on  the
numerically corresponding day in the first, second, third or
sixth calendar month thereafter, as the Borrower may select,
except that each Interest Period which commences on the last
Business  Day of a calendar month (or on any day  for  which
there is no numerically corresponding day in the appropriate
subsequent  calendar month) shall end on the  last  Business
Day   of   the   appropriate  subsequent   calendar   month.
Notwithstanding the foregoing: (a) any Interest  Period  for
any Loan which would otherwise extend beyond the Termination
Date  applicable to such Loan shall end on such  Termination
Date; (b) each Interest Period that would otherwise end on a
day which is not a Business Day shall end on the immediately
succeeding   Business  Day  (or,  if  such  next  succeeding
Business Day falls in the next succeeding calendar month, on
the   immediately  preceding  Business  Day);  and  (c)  the
Borrower  shall select the duration of Interest  Periods  in
such  a  way  so that, notwithstanding clauses (a)  and  (b)
above, no Interest Period shall have a duration of less than
one month (and, if any Eurodollar Loans would otherwise have
an  Interest  Period of a shorter duration,  they  shall  be
Corporate Base Rate Loans for the relevant period).

    "Interest  Rate  Protection Agreement"  shall  mean  any
     ------------------------------------
interest  rate  swap,  cap,  collar  agreement  or   similar
agreement or arrangement designed to protect the Borrower or
any  of  its  Subsidiaries against fluctuations in  interest
rates.


                              -6-

<PAGE>

    "Inventory" shall mean all goods, merchandise and  other
     ---------
personal  property now owned or hereafter  acquired  by  the
Borrower  or any of its Subsidiaries and which are (i)  held
by  the  Borrower  or any of its Subsidiaries  for  sale  or
lease, (ii) furnished or to be furnished by the Borrower  or
any  of  its  Subsidiaries under any contract  for  service,
(iii)  raw  materials,  (iv) work in  progress,  and/or  (v)
materials  used or consumed, or to be used or  consumed,  in
the business of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

    "Investment"  by  any Person in any other  Person  shall
     ----------
mean:  (i) the amount paid or committed to be paid,  or  the
value of property or services contributed or committed to be
contributed, by such first Person for or in connection  with
any  stock, bonds, notes, debentures, partnership  or  other
ownership interests or other securities of such other Person
or  as a capital contribution to such other Person; and (ii)
the  principal amount of any advance, loan or  extension  of
credit by such first Person to such other Person (other than
any  such  advance,  loan or extension of  credit  having  a
stated  term not exceeding 60 days made by such first Person
to  its  trade  customers  in the  ordinary  course  of  its
business) and (without duplication) any amount committed  to
be advanced, loaned or extended by such first Person to such
other Person.

    "LC  Exposure"  shall  mean, at any  time,  the  sum  of
     ------------
(i)  the aggregate face amount of all Letters of Credit then
outstanding, plus (ii) the aggregate amount of all  payments
made  by  the Issuing Bank under or in connection  with  any
Letter  of  Credit for which the Issuing Bank has  not  been
reimbursed.

    "Letters of Credit" shall mean letters of credit  issued
     -----------------
by the Issuing Bank for the account of the Borrower pursuant
to Section 2.21 hereof.

    "LIBOR" shall mean, with respect to any Eurodollar  Loan
     -----
for  any Interest Period therefor, (i) the LIBOR Index  Rate
for  such  Interest Period, if such rate is  available,  and
(ii)  if  the  LIBOR  Index Rate cannot be  determined,  the
arithmetic  mean, as determined by the Agent, of  the  rates
per  annum  (rounded upwards, if necessary, to  the  nearest
1/16  of  1%)  quoted  by each of the  Reference  Banks  and
notified  to  the Agent at approximately 11:00  a.m.  London
time (or as soon thereafter as practicable) on the date  two
Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period
for the offering by such Reference Bank to leading banks  in
the London interbank market of Dollar deposits having a term
comparable  to  such  Interest  Period  and  in  an   amount
comparable  to  the  aggregate  principal  amount   of   the
Eurodollar  Loans to be held by the Agent for such  Interest
Period.  If any Reference Bank does not timely furnish  such
information  for determination of any rate, the Agent  shall
determine  such  rate  on the basis  of  information  timely
furnished by the remaining Reference Banks.

    "LIBOR  Index Rate" means for any Interest  Period,  the
     -----------------
rate  per  annum  (rounded upwards,  if  necessary,  to  the
nearest  1/16th of 1%) for deposits in Dollars for a  period
equal  to such Interest Period, as quoted, as of 11:00  a.m.
(London, England time) on the date two Business Days  before
the  first  day of such Interest Period, on the  appropriate
Telerate  page  or  by  such other  financial  news  service
(electronic  or  otherwise)  as  the  Agent,  acting  in   a
commercially  reasonable manner, may elect to  utilize  from
time to time.

    "LIBOR  Reserve  Adjusted  Rate"  shall  mean,  for  any
     ------------------------------
Eurodollar Loan for any Interest Period therefor, a rate per
annum  (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest  1/100
of  1%)  determined by the Agent to be equal to the  sum  of
(a) LIBOR for such Loan for such Interest Period divided  by
(b)  1 minus the Reserve Requirements for such Loan for such
Interest Period.

                             -7-

<PAGE>

    "Lien"  shall  mean any mortgage, lien,  pledge,  claim,
     ----
charge,  security  interest  or  encumbrance  of  any  kind,
including  without limitation the interest of  a  vendor  or
lessor  under any conditional sale agreement, capital  lease
or  other  title  retention agreement, or any  agreement  to
create  or  grant  any of the foregoing or  prohibiting  the
Borrower  or any of its Subsidiaries from granting Liens  on
their respective assets for the benefit of the Banks.

    "Loans" shall mean the Revolving Credit Loans.
     -----

    "Majority  Banks" shall mean, at any time, one  or  more
     ---------------
Banks  holding  at least 66-2/3% of the aggregate  principal
amount of Loans or, if no Loans are at the time outstanding,
one   or   more  Banks  having  at  least  66-2/3%  of   the
Commitments.

    "Mandatory  Prepayments" shall mean the  prepayments  of
     ----------------------
the Loans required by Section 2.11 hereof.

    "Multiemployer Plan" shall mean a Plan defined  as  such
     ------------------
in  Section 3(37) of ERISA to which contributions have  been
made  by  the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate and  which  is
covered by Title IV of ERISA.

    "Notes" shall mean Revolving Credit Notes.
     -----

    "Obligations"    shall    mean,    collectively,     all
     -----------
indebtedness, liabilities and obligations whatsoever of  the
Borrower  to  the  Banks whether now existing  or  hereafter
arising  under  or in connection with this Agreement  and/or
any   of  the  other  Credit  Documents,  including  without
limitation,  the principal of, and interest on,  the  Loans,
all future advances thereunder, and all other amounts now or
hereafter  owing  to  the Banks under  this  Agreement,  the
Notes,  the Letters of Credit, the Reimbursement Agreements,
the   Subsidiary  Guaranty,  or  any  of  the  other  Credit
Documents.

    "PBGC"   shall   mean  the  Pension   Benefit   Guaranty
     ----
Corporation or any entity succeeding to any or  all  of  its
functions under ERISA.

    "Permitted Liens" shall mean:
     ---------------

    (i)  pledges or deposits by the Borrower or any  of  its
         Subsidiaries  under  worker's  compensation   laws,
         unemployment    insurance    laws    or     similar
         legislation,  or good faith deposits in  connection
         with  bids, tenders, contracts (other than for  the
         payment of Indebtedness of the Borrower or  any  of
         its  Subsidiaries), or leases to which the Borrower
         or  any  of its Subsidiaries are parties,  deposits
         to  secure public or statutory obligations  of  the
         Borrower  or  any of its Subsidiaries, deposits  of
         cash  or U.S. Government bonds to secure surety  or
         appeal  bonds  or payment or performance  bonds  to
         which  the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries  are
         parties  or  which  are issued  for  their  account
         (other than for the payment of Indebtedness of  the
         Borrower  or any of its Subsidiaries), or  deposits
         for   the  payment  of  rent  (provided  that  such
         deposits  as security for the payment of  rent  are
         required in the ordinary course of business);

                               -8-

<PAGE>

    (ii) Liens   imposed   by   law,  such   as   carrier's,
         warehousemen's,   materialmen's   and    mechanics'
         Liens;   provided,  however,  that  the   aggregate
         amount  of  liabilities with respect to such  Liens
         are  otherwise  permitted  by  the  terms  of  this
         Agreement,  are not yet overdue or in dispute,  and
         do   not   exceed  $2,500,000  at  any   one   time
         outstanding  for the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries
         in  the  aggregate; provided further  that  in  the
         event  the  liabilities with respect  to  any  such
         Liens  become  past  due in accordance  with  their
         terms  or are in dispute, and with respect  to  all
         Liens  arising  out  of judgments  or  awards,  the
         Borrower or relevant Subsidiary shall currently  be
         contesting such Liens by prosecuting an  appeal  or
         proceeding for review in good faith and  by  proper
         procedure,  such Liens shall be bonded  against  to
         the  satisfaction of the Majority Banks,  and  such
         Liens  shall not exceed $2,500,000 at any one  time
         outstanding in the aggregate;

    (iii)       Liens for taxes not yet subject to penalties
         for  non-payment,  the payment of  which  is  being
         contested    in    good   faith   by    appropriate
         proceedings, and Liens for taxes which are not  yet
         overdue;

    (iv) minor   survey   exceptions,  minor   encumbrances,
         easements  or reservations of, or rights of  others
         for,   rights   of  way,  highways   and   railroad
         crossings,  sewers, electric lines,  telegraph  and
         telephone  lines  and  other similar  purposes,  or
         zoning or other restrictions as to the use of  real
         properties  or  other  Liens  incidental   to   the
         conduct of the business of the Borrower or  any  of
         its  Subsidiaries  or  to the  ownership  of  their
         property  which  were  not incurred  in  connection
         with  Indebtedness of the Borrower or  any  of  its
         Subsidiaries,  and  which Liens do  not  materially
         detract  from  the  value  of  said  properties  or
         materially impair the operation of the business  of
         the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

    (v)  Liens  created  in  connection with  Capital  Lease
         Obligations,  provided  that  such  Liens  do   not
         encumber  any  property  other  than  the  property
         financed  by  the  capital lease under  which  such
         Capital Lease Obligations exist;

    (vi) Liens  existing  on  any  assets  acquired  by  the
         Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries after the  date
         of  this  Agreement  or  created  at  the  time  of
         acquisition of such assets by the Borrower  or  any
         of   its  Subsidiaries  after  the  date  of   this
         Agreement  to  secure purchase money  Indebtedness;
         provided  that  any such acquisition or  incurrence
         of  Indebtedness  must be permitted  by  all  other
         applicable provisions of this Agreement,  that  the
         Lien  must  not  extend to any  assets  other  than
         those  being  acquired,  that  the  purchase  money
         Indebtedness  not exceed 90% of the  value  of  the
         asset  so  acquired, and that the aggregate  amount
         of  purchase money Indebtedness secured by all such
         Liens  (excluding the aggregate amount of  purchase
         money   Indebtedness  incurred   pursuant   to   an
         Acquisition that is permitted by the terms of  this
         Agreement) shall not exceed $5,000,000;

    (vii)        existing  Liens  in  respect  of  property,
         assets  or revenues of the Borrower or any  of  its
         Subsidiaries listed on Schedule 1.1 hereto;

                            -9-

<PAGE>


    (viii)      Liens  arising by operation of law in  favor
         of  landlords  in connection with  the  leasing  of
         real  property in the ordinary course of  business,
         to  the  extent  such liens encumber only  personal
         property  located  on the leased property  and  the
         obligations   secured  thereby   are   limited   to
         obligations arising under the related lease; and

    (ix) extensions,  renewals, refinancings or replacements
         of  any Permitted Liens referred to above, provided
         that,  with respect to any such Liens described  in
         subparts  (v),  (vi)  and (vii) immediately  above,
         the  principal  amount  of the  obligation  secured
         thereby   is  not  increased  and  that  any   such
         extension,  renewal, refinancing or replacement  is
         limited   to  the  property  originally  encumbered
         thereby.

    "Person"   shall   mean  any  individual,   corporation,
     ------
partnership,    trust,    joint   venture,    unincorporated
association   or   other  enterprise  or  any   Governmental
Authority.

    "Petroleum    Products"   shall   mean,    collectively,
     ---------------------
gasoline, diesel fuel, motor oil, waste or used oil, heating
oil, kerosene and any other petroleum products.
    
    "Plan"  shall mean an employee benefit plan  established
     ----
or  maintained  by the Borrower or any ERISA  Affiliate  and
which  is  covered  by  Title IV  of  ERISA,  other  than  a
Multiemployer Plan.

    "Quarterly  Date" shall mean the last  Business  Day  of
     ---------------
each March, June, September and December, the first of which
shall  be  the  first  such  day  after  the  date  of  this
Agreement.

    "Receivables"  means all rights of the Borrower  or  any
     -----------
of  its  Subsidiaries  to receive payment  for  goods  sold,
licensed  or leased or for services rendered by the Borrower
or  any  of  its  Subsidiaries in  the  ordinary  course  of
business which are not evidenced by an instrument or chattel
paper, together with all interest, finance charges or  other
amounts payable by an obligor in respect thereof.

    "Reference Banks" shall mean three banks that  regularly
     ---------------
quote  rates for the offering by such bank to leading  banks
in  the  London  interbank market of Dollar deposits,  which
shall  be  selected  from time to  time  by  the  Agent  and
designated as such for purposes of this Agreement.

    "Regulation D" shall mean Regulation D of the  Board  of
     ------------
Governors  of  the Federal Reserve System (or any  successor
thereto),  as  the same may be amended or supplemented  from
time to time.

    "Regulatory  Change"  shall mean, with  respect  to  any
     ------------------
Bank,  any change after the date of this Agreement in United
States  Federal or state law or regulations, or  the  entry,
adoption,   or  making  after  such  date  of   any   order,
interpretation, directive, or request of or under any United
States  Federal or state law or regulations (whether or  not
having  the  force of law) by any court or  governmental  or
monetary  authority  charged  with  the  interpretation   or
administration  thereof,  applying  to  a  class  of   banks
including such Bank.

                           -10-

<PAGE>

    "Reimbursement  Agreement" shall  mean  any  application
     ------------------------
and/or reimbursement agreement pursuant to which a Letter of
Credit  has  been  issued,  as  the  same  may  be  amended,
modified, supplemented or replaced from time to time.

    "Reimbursement  Obligations" shall mean,  at  any  time,
     --------------------------
the  obligations of the Borrower then outstanding, or  which
may  thereafter  arise in respect to all Letters  of  Credit
then  outstanding, to reimburse amounts paid by the  Issuing
Bank in respect of any drawings under a Letter of Credit.

    "Replacement  Applicable Margin" means as  follows:   if
     ------------------------------  
at  the  end  of any fiscal quarter the Tangible  Net  Worth
Ratio is within the respective ranges set forth below,  then
with  respect  to Corporate Base Rate Loans  and  Eurodollar
Loans  the  "Replacement Applicable  Margin"  at  all  times
during  the  second succeeding fiscal quarter shall  be  the
respective percentages set forth opposite such ratios:

<TABLE>
 
                                  Replacement            Replacement
                                  Applicable Margin      Applicable Margin
  Tangible Net                    for Corporate          for Eurodollar
  Worth Ratio                     Base Rate Loans        Loans
 --------------                   -----------------      --------------

  <S>                                   <C>                 <C>
  Greater than 1.25 to 1                0.00%               1.75%
                                                        
  Less than or equal to 1.25                             
  to 1, but greater than .80 to 1       0.25%               1.50%
                                                        
  Less than or equal to .80 to 1        0.50%               1.35%

</TABLE>

provided, however, that during any period that the  Borrower
has  failed  to  deliver  the financial  statements  or  the
Borrowing  Base  and Compliance Certificate as  required  by
Section  6.1 hereof, the Replacement Applicable  Margin  for
Corporate  Base  Rate Loans shall be 0% and the  Replacement
Applicable Margin for Eurodollar Loans shall be 1.75%.

    "Requirement of Law" shall mean for any Person any  law,
     ------------------
treaty, regulation, rule, order, judgment or decree, or  any
other  determination  or  requirement  of  any  Governmental
Authority  or  arbitrator applicable to or binding  on  such
Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any
of its property is subject.

    "Reserve  Requirement" shall mean,  for  any  Eurodollar
     --------------------
Loan  for any Interest Period therefor, the average  maximum
rate at which reserves (including any marginal, supplemental
or  emergency reserves) are required to be maintained during
such  Interest Period under Regulation D by any Bank against
"Eurocurrency  liabilities"  (as  such  term  is   used   in
Regulation D), which shall be determined without benefit  of
or  credit  for exemptions, prorations or offsets.   Without
limiting   the   effect  of  the  foregoing,   the   Reserve
Requirement shall reflect any other reserves required to  be
maintained  by such Bank by reason of any Regulatory  Change
against  (a)  any  category  of liabilities  which  includes
deposits by reference to which LIBOR is to be determined  as
provided in the definition of "LIBOR" in this Section 1.1 or
(b)  any  category of extension of credit  or  other  assets
which includes the Eurodollar Loans.

                           -11-

    "Restricted Payments" shall have the meaning  set  forth
     -------------------
in Section 6.12 hereof.

    "Revolving  Credit Commitment" shall mean,  as  to  each
     ----------------------------
Bank,  the obligation of such Bank to make Revolving  Credit
Loans  under  Section  2.1(a)  hereof  up  to  an  aggregate
principal  amount at any one time outstanding equal  to  the
amount set forth opposite the name of such Bank on Exhibit A
hereto  under the heading "Revolving Credit Commitment"  (as
the  same  may  be  reduced from time to  time  pursuant  to
Section   2.3  hereof),  minus  (without  duplication)   the
principal amount of such Bank's Revolving Credit Loans  then
outstanding  and  the  amount, if any,  of  such  Bank's  LC
Exposure as of the date on which any determination  of  such
Bank's  Revolving Credit Commitment is being made; provided,
however,  that at no time shall any Bank's Revolving  Credit
Commitment  exceed its pro rata share of the Borrowing  Base
then  in  effect.   The  original aggregate  amount  of  the
Revolving Credit Commitments is $18,000,000.

    "Revolving Credit Loan" shall have the meaning  assigned
     ---------------------
to such term in Section 2.1(a) hereof.

    "Revolving  Credit  Notes"  shall  mean  the  promissory
     ------------------------
notes defined as such in Section 2.6 hereof.

    "Revolving  Credit Termination Date"  shall  mean  March
     ----------------------------------
31,  2002;  provided,  however,  that  if  such  date  would
otherwise  fall on a date which is not a Business  Day,  the
Revolving  Credit  Termination  Date  shall  be   the   next
preceding Business Day.

    "SEC"  shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission
     ---
or any successor thereto.

    "Security  Documents"  shall  mean,  collectively,   the
     -------------------
Subsidiary  Guaranty, the Reimbursement Agreements  and  all
other documents executed as security for the Obligations  to
the extent set forth therein, as any or all of the foregoing
may be renewed, extended, amended, modified, supplemented or
replaced from time to time.

    "Subsidiary"  shall mean, with respect  to  any  Person,
     ---------- 
any corporation or other entity of which at least a majority
of  the  outstanding securities or other ownership interests
having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a
majority  of  the  board  of  directors  or  other   persons
performing similar functions (irrespective of whether or not
at  the  time  stock of any other class or classes  of  such
corporation shall have or might have voting power by  reason
of the happening of any contingency) is at the time directly
or  indirectly owned or controlled by such Person or one  or
more  of its Subsidiaries or by such Person and one or  more
of   its   Subsidiaries.   Notwithstanding   the   preceding
sentence,  Health  Network  Ventures,  Inc.  shall  not   be
considered  a "Subsidiary" of the Borrower, for purposes  of
this  Agreement, unless the Borrower directly or  indirectly
owns  or  controls  at least 75% of its  outstanding  voting
securities.

    "Subsidiary  Guarantor" shall mean  each  Subsidiary  of
     ---------------------
the Borrower other than the Foreign Subsidiaries.  As of the
date   hereof,   the   Subsidiary  Guarantors   are   Cerner
Properties,   Inc.,  Cerner  International,   Inc.,   Multum
Information Services, Inc., Cerner Health Connections, Inc.,
Cerner  Health  Facts,  Inc., Cerner  Healthwise,  Inc.  and
Cerner Performance Logistics, Inc.

                           -12- 

    "Subsidiary   Guaranty"  shall   mean   the   Subsidiary
     ---------------------
Guaranty,  executed  by each Subsidiary  Guarantor  for  the
benefit  of the Agent, dated as of the date hereof,  as  the
same may be amended, modified, supplemented or replaced from
time to time.

    "Tangible   Net  Worth"  shall  mean,   at   any   date,
     ---------------------
Consolidated  Net  Worth minus any amount  included  in  the
determination   thereof  which  would  be  attributable   to
goodwill   and  any  other  intangible  item   (other   than
intangible   items  attributable  to  capitalized   software
costs).

    "Tangible Net Worth Ratio" shall mean, at any date,  the
     ------------------------
ratio  of (i) the total liabilities of the Borrower and  its
Subsidiaries  determined  on a consolidated  basis  on  such
date, to (ii) Tangible Net Worth on such date.

    "Termination  Date"  shall  mean  the  Revolving  Credit
     -----------------
Termination Date.

    "Total Capitalization" shall mean, at any date, the  sum
     -------------------- 
of (i) Funded Debt, plus (ii) Tangible Net Worth.

    "Wholly-Owned  Subsidiary" shall mean, with  respect  to
     ------------------------  
any  Person, any Subsidiary of such Person all of the shares
of  capital  stock (and all rights and options  to  purchase
such  shares)  of  which, other than  directors'  qualifying
shares,  are  owned,  beneficially and of  record,  by  such
Person or another Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of such Person.

    Additional definitions may be found in the preamble  and
throughout this Agreement.

    1.2.Accounting Terms; Statements of Variation.
        -----------------------------------------

    (a)  All  accounting terms used herein shall (except  as
otherwise expressly provided herein) be interpreted, and all
financial  statements and certificates  and  reports  as  to
financial matters required to be delivered to the Agent, the
Banks  or  the Issuing Bank hereunder shall be prepared,  in
accordance with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with  the
accounting principles used in the preparation of the audited
financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on
a consolidated basis referred to in Section 5.2 hereof.

    (b)  the Borrower shall deliver to the Banks at the same
time  as  the  delivery of any annual or  monthly  financial
statement  under Section 6.1 hereof notice of  any  material
variation  between the application of accounting  principles
employed  in  the  preparation of  such  statement  and  the
application  of  accounting  principles  employed   in   the
preparation of the immediately preceding annual  or  monthly
financial statements, as the case may be.

    (c)  Except as otherwise provided herein, if any changes
in  accounting principles from those used in the preparation
of   the  audited  financial  statements  referred   to   in
Section  5.2  hereof are hereafter required or permitted  by
the  rules, regulations, pronouncements and opinions of  the
Financial   Accounting  Standards  Board  or  the   American
Institute  of  Certified Public Accountants  (or  successors
thereto  or agencies with similar functions) and are adopted
by  the  Borrower  with  the agreement  of  its  independent
certified  public accountants and such changes result  in  a
change  in the method of calculation of any of the financial
covenants,  standards or terms in or relating to  Section  6
hereof,  the  parties hereto agree to enter into discussions
with  a  view to amending such provisions so as to equitably
reflect  such  changes  with the  desired  result  that  the
criteria  for  evaluating  the financial  condition  of  the
Borrower  on  a consolidated basis shall be the  same  after
such  changes as if such changes had not been made, provided
that  no  change  in GAAP that would affect  the  method  of
calculation of any of said financial covenants, standards

                           -13-

or terms shall be given effect in such calculations until such
provisions  are  amended, in a manner  satisfactory  to  the
Majority  Banks,  to  so reflect such change  in  accounting
principles.

    (d)  the  Borrower and its Subsidiaries  shall  maintain
their  respective  accounts on the basis of  a  fiscal  year
ending on the Saturday closest to December 31 of each year.

    1.3.General Rules.  For the purposes of this  Agreement,
        -------------
the  words  "herein,"  "hereof," "hereunder"  and  words  of
similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to
a particular section, paragraph or other subdivision.

SECTION 2.  THE COMMITMENTS
- ---------------------------

    2.1. Loans.
         -----
    (a)  Each Bank severally agrees, on and subject  to  the
terms  of this Agreement to make loans to the Borrower  from
time to time on any Business Day during the period from  and
including  the  date hereof to but excluding  the  Revolving
Credit Termination Date in an aggregate principal amount  at
any  one time outstanding up to but not exceeding the lesser
of (i) the amount of such Bank's Revolving Credit Commitment
as  then in effect, or (ii) the Bank's pro rata share of the
Borrowing  Base then in effect.  Subject to  the  terms  and
conditions  of  this  Agreement,  during  such  period   the
Borrower  may borrow, repay and reborrow the amount  of  the
Revolving Credit Commitments.  Loans made pursuant  to  this
Section 2.1 are herein called "Revolving Credit Loans."
                               ----------------------

    (b)  The Loans made on each Borrowing Date may,  on  and
subject  to  the terms and conditions of this Agreement,  be
Corporate  Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Loans  (each  being
referred  to  in  this Agreement as a  "type"  of  Loan)  as
specified in the relevant notice of borrowing referred to in
Section  2.2(a) hereof; provided that (i) no more than  four
Loans constituting Eurodollar Loans may be outstanding  from
each  Bank  at any one time and (ii) subject to  clause  (i)
above, the Borrower may Convert Loans of one type into Loans
of  the other type or Continue Loans of one type as Loans of
the same type, all as hereinafter provided.

    2.2.Borrowings.
        ----------

    (a)  The  Borrower  shall give the Agent  notice  (which
shall  promptly  notify  the Banks by  telephone,  confirmed
promptly in writing) of each borrowing hereunder as provided
in Section 2.15 hereof.

    (b)  Not  later than 2:00 p.m. Kansas City time  on  the
date specified for each borrowing hereunder, each Bank shall
make  available to the Agent the amount of the  Loan  to  be
made  by it on such date, at such account maintained by  the
Agent  as  the Agent shall specify, in immediately available
funds, for the account 

                           -14-

<PAGE>

of the Borrower.  The amount so received by the Agent shall,
subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, 
promptly be made available to the Borrower by depositing the
same, in immediately available funds, in one or more accounts
of the Borrower maintained with Mercantile Bank.
    
    2.3.Reductions and Changes of Commitments.
        -------------------------------------
 
    (a)  The  Borrower shall have the right to terminate  in
whole,  but  not in part, the Revolving Credit  Commitments,
upon notice as provided herein.

    (b)  Commitments  once  terminated  in  accordance  with
paragraph  (a)  of this Section 2.3 may not  be  reinstated,
unless  each Bank shall agree to the reinstatement  of  such
Commitments  upon  the  request of the  Borrower;  provided,
however,  that  any Bank may decline any  such  request  for
reinstatement, in its sole discretion.

    2.4.Lending  Offices.  The Loans of each  type  made  by
        ----------------
each  Bank  shall  be  made and maintained  at  such  Bank's
applicable lending office for Loans of such type.

    2.5.Several  Obligations;  Remedies  Independent.    The
        --------------------------------------------
failure of any Bank to make any Loan to be made by it on the
date specified therefor shall not relieve any other Bank  of
its  obligation to make its Loan on such date,  and  neither
any  Bank nor the Agent shall be responsible for the failure
of  any  other Bank to make a Loan to be made by such  other
Bank.

    The   amounts  payable  by  the  Borrower  at  any  time
hereunder  and  under  the Notes to each  Bank  shall  be  a
separate  and  independent  debt  and  each  Bank  shall  be
entitled  to protect and enforce its rights arising  out  of
this  Agreement and its Notes, and it shall not be necessary
for  any other Bank or the Agent to consent to, or be joined
as   an  additional  party  in,  any  proceedings  for  such
purposes; provided, however, that this Section 2.5 shall not
be  construed  to  permit  acceleration  of  any  obligation
hereunder,  or  cancellation by any Bank of its  Commitments
hereunder, other than in accordance with Section 7 hereof or
as  otherwise  expressly permitted  by  the  terms  of  this
Agreement.

    2.6.Notes.   The  Revolving Credit Loans  made  by  each
        -----
Bank   under  its  Revolving  Credit  Commitment  shall   be
evidenced  by  a single promissory note of the  Borrower  in
substantially the form of Exhibit B hereto.  Each Note shall
be dated as of the date hereof, payable to the order of such
Bank  in  a  principal amount equal to the  amount  of  such
Commitment  as then in effect and otherwise duly  completed.
Each  Loan made by each Bank under its Commitments, and  all
payments  and  prepayments made on account of the  principal
thereof,  shall be recorded by such Bank on  its  books  and
records.

    2.7.Conversion  or  Continuation of Loans.   Subject  to
        -------------------------------------
Section  4  hereof,  the Borrower shall have  the  right  to
Convert  Loans of one type into Loans of the other  type  or
Continue Loans of one type as Loans of the same type, at any
time  or  from time to time, provided that Eurodollar  Loans
may  be Converted only on the last day of an Interest Period
for such Loans.

                           -15-

<PAGE>

    2.8.Repayment of Loans.  The Borrower shall pay  to  the
        ------------------
Agent  for  the  account of each Bank the  full  outstanding
principal amount of such Bank's Revolving Credit Loans  made
under  its  Revolving  Credit Commitment  (and  all  accrued
interest  thereon  in accordance with Section  2.9)  on  the
Revolving Credit Termination Date, or such earlier  date  as
may be herein provided.

    2.9.Interest.
        --------

    (a)  The Borrower shall pay to the Agent for the account
of each Bank interest on the unpaid principal amount of each
Revolving Credit Loan of such Bank for the period commencing
on  and including the date of such Revolving Credit Loan  to
but excluding the date such Revolving Credit Loan is paid in
full, at the following rates per annum:

         (i)    during   any  period  while  such  Revolving
                Credit  Loan is a Corporate Base Rate  Loan,
                the  Corporate Base Rate (as in effect  from
                time  to  time) minus the Applicable  Margin
                (as in effect from time to time); and

         (ii)   during   any  period  while  such  Revolving
                Credit  Loan is a Eurodollar Loan, for  each
                Interest Period relating thereto, the  LIBOR
                Reserve  Adjusted  Rate for  such  Revolving
                Credit  Loan  for such Interest Period  plus
                the  Applicable  Margin (as in  effect  from
                time to time).

    (b)  Notwithstanding the provisions of clause (a) above,
the  Borrower shall pay to the Agent for the account of each
Bank  interest  at  the  applicable  Default  Rate  on   any
principal  of any Loan of such Bank, and on any interest  or
other   amount  payable  by  the  Borrower,  as  applicable,
hereunder or under any Note held by such Bank, which is  not
paid  in  full  when  due (whether at  stated  maturity,  by
acceleration or otherwise), for the period commencing on and
including  the due date thereof until the same  is  paid  in
full.

    (c)  Accrued interest on each Loan shall be payable  (i)
  in  the  case  of  a  Corporate Base Rate  Loan,  on  each
Quarterly  Date, and (ii) in the case of a Eurodollar  Loan,
on  the  last day of each Interest Period therefor  and,  if
such  Interest  Period  is  longer  than  three  months,  at
three-month  intervals  following  the  first  day  of  such
Interest  Period;  provided that  interest  payable  at  the
Default Rate shall be payable from time to time on demand.

    (d)  Promptly  after the determination of  any  interest
rate  provided for herein or any change therein,  the  Agent
shall notify the Banks and the Borrower thereof.

    (e)  The  "Applicable Margin," as used in  this  Section
2.9,  is  subject  to  being  replaced  by  the  Replacement
Applicable  Margin, subject to the terms and  conditions  of
Section   2.22   hereof.   This  subsection   (e)   is   for
informational purposes only.

    2.10.       Optional  Prepayments.  The  Borrower  shall
                ---------------------
have  the right to prepay the Loans in whole or in  part  at
any  time without premium or penalty, subject to giving  the
Agent  prior  notice in accordance with  the  provisions  of
Section  2.15  hereof, provided that (a) each  such  partial
prepayment shall be in the aggregate 

                          -16-

<PAGE>

principal amount of not less than $100,000, and (b) any
prepayment of a Eurodollar Loan may be made only on the last
day of the Interest Period therefor.  Amounts prepaid in 
respect of Revolving Credit Loans under this Section 2.10 may
be reborrowed on and subject to the terms and conditions hereof.

    2.11.       Mandatory  Prepayments.  On  any  date,  the
                ----------------------
Borrower shall prepay the principal of the Revolving  Credit
Loans  to the extent the then outstanding principal  balance
thereof exceeds the Borrowing Base then in effect.

    2.12.      Payments.
               --------
    (a)  Except to the extent otherwise provided herein, all
payments of principal, interest and other amounts to be made
by  the Borrower under this Agreement and the Notes shall be
made  in  Dollars, in immediately available  funds,  to  the
Agent   at  such  account  maintained  by  the  Agent   with
Mercantile Bank not later than 1:00 p.m. Kansas City time on
the  date on which such payment shall become due (each  such
payment  made after such time on such due date to be  deemed
to  have  been  made on the next succeeding  Business  Day).
Payment to the Agent shall be payment to the Banks.

    (b)  The  Borrower  shall, at the time  of  making  each
payment  under  this Agreement or any Note, specify  to  the
Agent  the  Loans or other amounts payable by  the  Borrower
hereunder to which such payment is to be applied (and in the
event  that  it fails to so specify, or if any  Default  has
occurred  and  is continuing, the Agent may distribute  such
payment  to the Banks in such manner as it may determine  to
be appropriate, subject to Section 2.13 hereof).

    (c)  Each  payment  received by  the  Agent  under  this
Agreement  or  any Note for the account of a Bank  shall  be
paid  by  the  Agent promptly to such Bank,  in  immediately
available  funds, for the account of such Bank's  applicable
lending office for the Loan in respect of which such payment
is  made; and the Agent shall promptly notify each  Bank  of
the Agent's receipt of such payments.

    (d)  All  payments  by the Borrower hereunder  shall  be
made without deduction, set-off or counterclaim.

    (e)  If the due date of any payment under this Agreement
or  any  Note would otherwise fall on a day which is  not  a
Business  Day  such  date shall (unless otherwise  expressly
provided  herein) be extended to the immediately  succeeding
Business Day and interest shall be payable for any principal
so extended for the period of such extension.

    2.13.       Pro  Rata Treatment.  Except to  the  extent
                -------------------
otherwise expressly provided herein:

    (a)  each  borrowing hereunder shall be  made  from  the
         Banks,  each  payment of commitment  fee  shall  be
         made  for  the  account  of  the  Banks,  and  each
         termination  or  reduction of  the  amount  of  the
         Revolving  Credit Commitments shall be  applied  to
         such  Commitments of the Banks, pro rata  according
         to   the   amounts   of  their  respective   unused
         Commitments;

                           -17-

<PAGE>

    (b)  the  making, Conversion and Continuation  of  Loans
         of  a particular type (except as otherwise provided
         in  Section 3 hereof) shall be pro rata  among  the
         Banks  according to the amounts of their respective
         Commitments; and

    (c)  each  payment  and prepayment by  the  Borrower  of
         principal  of  or  interest  on  the  Loans  of   a
         particular type shall be made to the Agent for  the
         account  of  the Banks holding Loans of  such  type
         pro  rata in accordance with the respective  unpaid
         principal amounts thereof.

    2.14.       Minimum Amounts.  Each borrowing, Conversion
                ---------------
or  Continuation of Corporate Base Rate Loans shall be in an
amount  of  at least $100,000 and each borrowing, Conversion
or Continuation of Eurodollar Loans shall be in an amount of
$1,000,000  or  a  multiple of $100,000  in  excess  thereof
(borrowings, Conversions or Continuations of or  into  Loans
of  different  types  or, in the case of  Eurodollar  Loans,
having different Interest Periods at the same time hereunder
to be deemed separate borrowings or Conversions for purposes
of  the  foregoing,  one for each type or Interest  Period).
Anything  in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding,
the  aggregate principal amount of Eurodollar  Loans  having
the  same  Interest  Period  shall  be  at  least  equal  to
$1,000,000  and, if any Eurodollar Loans would otherwise  be
in  a  lesser  principal amount for any period,  such  Loans
shall be Corporate Base Rate Loans during such period.

    2.15.       Certain  Notices.  The Borrower  shall  give
                ----------------
notices  to  the  Agent of all borrowings,  terminations  of
Commitments,  Conversions, Continuations or  prepayments  of
Loans, and of the duration of Interest periods, such notices
to  be substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto.   Each
such notice shall be irrevocable and shall be effective only
if  received  by the Agent not later than 1:00  p.m.  Kansas
City  time on the number of Business Days prior to the  date
of   the   relevant   borrowing,  termination,   Conversion,
Continuation or prepayment or the first day of such Interest
Period specified below:

<TABLE>
                                                   Notice of Business
           
           Notice                                      Days Prior
           ------                                  ------------------
 <S>                                                       <C>

 Termination of Commitments                                1
                                              
 Borrowing or prepayments of, on Conversion into,           
 Corporate Base Rate Loans                                 1
                                                   
 Borrowing or prepayment of, Conversion into,            
 Continuation as, or duration on Interest Period for       
 Eurodollar Loans                                          3

</TABLE>

Each  such  notice  of  termination shall  specify  that  it
relates to the Revolving Credit Commitments and the aggregate
amount of the relevant Commitments to be terminated or reduced.
Each such notice of borrowing, Conversion, Continuation or
prepayment shall specify the aggregate amount of Loans to be
borrowed, Converted, Continued or prepaid and the amount, the
type of Loans to be borrowed, Converted, Continued or prepaid
(and, in the case of a Conversion, the type of Loans to result
from such Conversion) and the date


                             -18-

<PAGE>

of borrowing, Conversion, Continuation or prepayment (which
shall be a Business Day).  Each such notice of the duration
of an Interest Period shall specify the Loans to which such
Interest Period is to relate.  The Agent shall promptly notify
the Banks of the contents of each such notice.  In the event
that the Borrower fails to select the type of Loan, or the 
duration of any Interest Period, for any Eurodollar Loan 
within the time period and otherwise as provided in this Section
2.15, such Loan (if outstanding as a Eurodollar Loan) will be
automatically Converted into a Corporate Base Rate  Loan  on
the  last  day of the then current Interest Period for  such
Loan  or (if outstanding as a Corporate Base Rate Loan) will
remain as, or (if not then outstanding) will be made  as,  a
Corporate Base Rate Loan.

    2.16.       Non-Receipt of Funds by the  Agent.   Unless
                ----------------------------------
the Agent shall have been notified by a Bank or the Borrower
prior  to the date on which it is scheduled to make  payment
to  the Agent of (in the case of a Bank) the proceeds  of  a
Loan  to  be  made by it hereunder or (in the  case  of  the
Borrower) a payment to the Agent for the account of  one  or
more  of  the  Banks  hereunder (such payment  being  herein
called  the  "Required  Payment"),  which  notice  shall  be
effective upon receipt by the Agent, that it does not intend
to  make  the Required Payment to the Agent, the  Agent  may
assume  that the Required Payment has been made and may,  in
reliance on such assumption (but shall not be required  to),
make   the   amount  thereof  available  to   the   intended
recipient(s) on such date and, if such Bank has not, or  the
Borrower  (as  the case may be) has not, in  fact  made  the
Required  Payment to the Agent by the close of  business  on
the  date  due, the recipient(s) of such payment  shall,  on
demand,  repay  to  the Agent the amount so  made  available
together with interest thereon in respect of each day during
the  period commencing on and including the date such amount
was  so made available by the Agent until the date the Agent
recovers such amount at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the
case  of the Borrower, the Corporate Base Rate, and (ii)  in
the  case of a Bank, the Agents cost of overnight funds,  in
each case for each day such amount was made available by the
Agent.

    2.17.      Balances; Sharing of Payments.
               -----------------------------

    (a)  The  Borrower  agrees that,  in  addition  to  (and
without  limitation of) any right of set-off, banker's  lien
or  counterclaim a Bank may otherwise have, each Bank  shall
be  entitled,  at its option, to set off and apply  balances
held  by  it for the account of the Borrower at any  of  its
offices  or Affiliates, in Dollars or in any other currency,
whether or not matured, against any principal of or interest
on  any of such Bank's Loans, or any other amount payable to
such  Bank  hereunder,  which  is  not  paid  when  due   in
accordance with the terms hereof (regardless of whether such
balances  are  then due to the Borrower), in which  case  it
shall  promptly  notify the Borrower and the Agent  thereof,
provided that such Bank's failure to give such notice  shall
not affect the validity of any such set off.

    (b)  If  any Bank shall obtain payment of any principal
of  or  interest  on  any  Loan or Reimbursement  Obligation
through the exercise of any right of set-off, banker's  lien
or  counterclaim or similar right or otherwise,  and,  as  a
result  of  such  payment, such Bank shall have  received  a
greater  percentage of the principal or  interest  then  due
hereunder  by  the Borrower to such Bank than its  pro  rata
share  thereof, it shall promptly purchase from  such  other
Banks  participations in (or, if and to the extent specified
by  such Bank, direct interests in) the Loans made by or the
Reimbursement Obligations owing to such other Banks  (or  in
interest  due thereon, as the case may be) in such  amounts,
and  make such other adjustments from time to time as  shall
be  equitable, to the end that all the Banks shall share the
benefit  of  such excess payment (net of any expenses  which
may be incurred by such Bank in obtaining or preserving such
excess  payment)  pro  rata in

     
                           -19-

<PAGE>
 
accordance with the unpaid principal and/or interest on the
Loans or Reimbursement Obligation held by each of the Banks.
To such end all the Banks shall make appropriate adjustments
among themselves (by the resale of participations sold or
otherwise) if such payment is rescinded or must otherwise be
restored.  The Borrower agrees that any Bank so purchasing a
participation (or direct interest) in the Loans made by other
Banks or the Reimbursement Obligations owing to such Bank (or
in interest due thereon, as the case may be) may exercise any
and all rights of set-off, bankers' lien, counterclaim or
similar rights  with  respect to such participation as fully
as if such Bank were a direct holder of Loans or Reimbursement
Obligation in the amount of such participation.  Nothing  in
this  Agreement shall require any Bank to exercise any  such
right or shall affect the right of any Bank to exercise, and
retain  the  benefits  of exercising, any  such  right  with
respect  to  any  other indebtedness or  obligation  of  the
Borrower.  If under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or
other similar law, any Bank receives a secured claim in lieu
of  a  set-off to which this Section 2.17 applies, such Bank
shall,  to  the extent practicable, exercise its  rights  in
respect  of  such secured claim in a manner consistent  with
the rights of the Banks entitled under this Section 2.17  to
share in the benefits of any recovery on such secured claim.

    2.18.       Computation of Interest.   Interest  on  the
                -----------------------
principal amount of the Loans from time to time outstanding,
the fees payable under Section 3.1, and any other amount due
hereunder  shall  be  computed on the basis  of  a  year  of
360  days  and  paid for the actual number of days  elapsed.
Each  payment of interest shall be computed on the basis  of
the principal amount outstanding during each day of the term
of  each  Loan and Reimbursement Obligation and the interest
rate applicable to each such day.

    2.19.      Guaranty.  Payment and/or performance of  the
               --------
Obligations  shall be guaranteed pursuant to the  Subsidiary
Guaranty.

    2.20.      Advances  After  Default.   Notwithstanding
               ------------------------
anything  to the contrary herein, but subject, nevertheless,
to  Section  9.4 hereof, the Majority Banks may,  but  shall
have  no  obligation of any kind whatsoever to,  extend  any
credit  or  make  any loan or advance to the Borrower  under
this  Agreement,  the  Notes or  any  of  the  other  Credit
Documents  so long as any Default or Event of Default  shall
have occurred and be continuing.

    2.21.      Letters of Credit.
               -----------------
    (a) From time to time after the date hereof, until the
Revolving Credit Termination Date, the Borrower may apply to
the Issuing Bank for the Issuing Bank to issue and deliver or
to extend the expiry date of one or more letters of credit
for the account of the Borrower ("Letters of Credit"), each
of which (i) is to be for an aggregate, undrawn amount at any
one time outstanding which does not exceed the aggregate amount
of the Revolving Credit Commitments then in effect, (ii) is 
to be in a form approved in writing by the Borrower and the
Issuing Bank, (iii) is to be issued pursuant to the Issuing 
Bank's then-current standard form of application and
reimbursement agreement, either as a documentary credit or 
as a standby letter of credit for such general purposes of
the Borrower as are approved by the Issuing Bank, such approval
not to be unreasonably withheld, (iv) shall, by its terms,
expire not later than the earlier of (A) the first anniversary
of the date of issuance or extension (subject to extension for
additional one-year periods by the Issuing Bank, in its 
discretion (and any automatic renewal clause requested in 
such Letter of Credit shall require notice of non-renewal
to be given no more than 90 days from the stated expiry date),
and (B) the Revolving Credit

                            -20-

<PAGE>

Termination Date; and (v) shall require  payment by the
Borrower of an issuance fee (A) in the case of standby letters
of credit of a percentage per annum of the maximum face amount
of the Letter of Credit that is equal to the then current
Applicable Margin for Eurodollar Loans minus 0.50% (but in a
minimum amount of $250) (subject, however, to the provisions
on Section 2.22 regarding the replacement of the Applicable
Margin with the Replacement Applicable Margin), payable in 
advance, annually for the pro rata benefit of the Banks and
(B) in the case of a documentary credit, such fees as are
provided by the Issuing Bank's then current standard fee 
schedule, and (vi) shall conform to all terms and conditions
required by the Issuing Bank as set forth in the applicable
Reimbursement Agreement, including, but not limited to,  the
condition that the Letter of Credit shall be governed by the
Uniform  Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits  (1994
Revision),  ICCP  Publication No. 500, as  amended,  or  the
International  Standby Practices (ISP 98),  ICC  Publication
No. 590 (January 1, 1999), as applicable.

    (b)  The  Issuing Bank shall be under no  obligation  to
issue any Letter of Credit for which an application is  made
pursuant to Section 2.21(a) above, but in the event that the
Issuing  Bank, in its sole discretion, with the  consent  of
the  Banks,  in  their sole discretion,  complies  with  the
Borrower's  request  and  issues a  Letter  of  Credit,  the
Issuing  Bank shall give notice thereof to the Agent,  which
shall  in turn give to each Bank, prompt written or telecopy
advice  of  the issuance of such Letter of Credit; provided,
however, that the Issuing Bank shall not issue or extend the
expiry  of any Letter of Credit if, immediately after giving
effect  to  such  issuance  or  extension,  (i)  the  Banks'
aggregate LC Exposure plus the aggregate principal amount of
Revolving  Credit Loans then outstanding at such time  would
exceed the Banks' aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments  or
the  Borrowing Base then in effect or (ii) a Default  or  an
Event of Default would exist.

    (c   By  the issuance of a Letter of Credit, and without
any  further action on the part of the Issuing Bank  or  the
Banks in respect thereof, the Issuing Bank hereby grants  to
each  Bank,  and each Bank hereby acquires from the  Issuing
Bank, a participation in each such Letter of Credit equal to
such  Bank's  pro rata  percentage, based on  the  Revolving
Credit Commitments in effect at the time of any issuance  of
such  Letter of Credit, of the maximum face amount  of  such
Letter of Credit, effective upon the issuance of such Letter
of  Credit and pursuant to any other terms and conditions as
the  Issuing Bank and the Banks may hereafter mutually agree
in   writing  with  respect  to  such  participations.    In
consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Bank
hereby  absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to  the
Issuing Bank, in accordance with Section 2.21(d) below, such
Bank's  pro  rata percentage, based on its Revolving  Credit
Commitment,  of  all  Reimbursement  Obligations;  provided,
however,  that the Bank shall not be obligated to  make  any
such payment with respect to any disbursement made under any
Letter  of  Credit  as a result of the gross  negligence  or
willful   misconduct  of  the  Issuing  Bank.    Each   Bank
acknowledges   and   agrees   that   its   acquisition    of
participations  pursuant  to this paragraph  in  respect  of
Letters  of Credit is absolute and unconditional  and  shall
not  be  affected by any circumstance whatsoever,  including
the  occurrence and continuance of any Default or  Event  of
Default hereunder, and that each such payment shall be  made
without  any  offset, abatement, withholding,  or  reduction
whatsoever.

    (d   Promptly after it shall have ascertained  that  any
draft  and  any  accompanying documents  presented  under  a
Letter  of Credit appear to be in conformity with the  terms
and  conditions of such Letter of Credit, the  Issuing  Bank
shall  give written or telecopy notice to the Borrower,  the
Agent, and the Banks of the receipt and amount of such draft
and  the date on which payment thereon will be made.  If the
Issuing  Bank shall not have received from the Borrower  the
payment required pursuant to Section 2.21(e) below by  12:00

           
                           -21-

<PAGE>

noon,  Kansas City time, one Business Day after the date  on
which  payment of a draft present under any Letter of Credit
has been made, the Issuing Bank shall promptly so notify the
Agent  and each Bank, specifying in the notice to each  Bank
such  Bank's  pro  rata percentage, based on  the  Revolving
Credit  Commitments  on  the  date  of  issuance,  of   such
disbursement.  Each Bank shall pay to the Agent,  not  later
than  2:00 p.m. Kansas City time, on such date, such  Bank's
percentage  of  such  disbursement, which  the  Agent  shall
promptly  pay to the Issuing Bank.  The Issuing  Bank  shall
promptly  remit to each Bank such Bank's percentage  of  any
amount  subsequently received by the Issuing Bank in respect
of any such disbursement.

    (e   If  the  Issuing Bank shall pay any draft presented
under a Letter of Credit under circumstances entitling it to
reimbursement under the applicable Reimbursement  Agreement,
the  Borrower  shall promptly pay to the  Issuing  Bank  the
amount  of any such draft, and shall make all other payments
required  by, and comply with all other terms and conditions
of, the applicable Reimbursement Agreement.  With respect to
any  such payment which becomes due under the terms of  this
Section 2.21(e), the Borrower authorizes the Agent,  at  its
option  and  upon the request of the Issuing  Bank  and  the
Majority Banks, to cause such payment to be made when due by
charging  such  payment as an advance  under  the  Revolving
Credit Loans.

    (f   Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, or  the
occurrence  of any Default described in Sections 7(h),  7(i)
or 7(j), an amount equal to the amount of the then aggregate
LC  Exposure  shall without demand upon  or  notice  to  any
Borrower  or  any  other Person, be deemed (as  between  the
Issuing  Bank  and the Borrower) to have been  paid  by  the
Issuing  Bank under the then outstanding Letters  of  Credit
(notwithstanding that such amount may not in fact have  been
so paid), and the Borrower shall be immediately obligated to
reimburse  the  Issuing Bank for the amount deemed  to  have
been  so paid.  Any amounts so received by the Issuing  Bank
pursuant  to the provisions of the foregoing sentence  shall
be  deposited to a restricted deposit account (the "Assignee
                                                    --------
Deposit  Account")  maintained by the  Agent  as  collateral
- ----------------
security for the repayment of the Obligations.  Neither  the
Borrower  nor  any  other Person shall  have  any  right  to
withdraw  funds  deposited in the Assignee Deposit  Account,
which  right shall be vested solely in the Agent, on  behalf
of  the  Banks.  The funds deposited in the Assignee Deposit
Account pursuant to this subsection 2.21(f) shall be applied
at  any  time to the Obligations whether or not then due  in
such  order  of  application  as  the  Majority  Banks   may
determine in their sole and absolute discretion.

    2.22.        Banks'  Option  to  Adjust  Pricing.    The
                 -----------------------------------
Majority   Banks  shall  have  the  option   (the   "Pricing
                                                     -------
Adjustment Option"), but not the obligation, to (i)  replace
- -----------------
the Applicable Margin with the Replacement Applicable Margin
(the  "Applicable Margin Adjustment"), and (ii)  adjust  the
       ----------------------------  
commitment  fee  described in Section 3.1 from  0.30  %  per
annum  to 0.25% per annum (the "Commitment Fee Adjustment"),
                                -------------------------
in each case subject to the following terms and conditions:

         (a)    the   Pricing  Adjustment  Option   may   be
                exercised   only  by  the  Agent,   at   the
                direction of the Majority Banks, giving  the
                Borrower  written  notice thereof  not  more
                than  10 Business Days before, and not  more
                than 10 Business Days after, April 1, 2000;

         (b)    the  Pricing Adjustment Option, if exercised
                in accordance with the terms of   this
                Agreement, shall be deemed effective  as  of
                April  1,  2000, and the following shall


                                  -22-

<PAGE>


                be deemed to have occurred as of  that  date
                without further agreement or action  on  any
                Person's part:

                   (i)       all references in Sections  2.9
                        and  2.21  hereof to the "Applicable
                        Margin"  shall  be deemed  to  refer
                        instead    to    the    "Replacement
                        Applicable Margin," and

                   (ii) the   number   "0.25%"   shall    be
                        substituted  for the number  "0.30%"
                        in Section 3.1 hereof; and

         (c)    the  Agent  may  not  elect  the  Applicable
                Margin Adjustment without also electing  the
                Commitment Fee Adjustment, and vice versa.

SECTION 3.      FEES; YIELD PROTECTION
- --------------------------------------

    3.1.Commitment  Fees.  The Borrower  shall  pay  to  the
        ----------------
Agent for the pro rata account of each Bank a commitment fee
at a rate equal to 0.30% per annum (subject, however, to the
provisions  of Section 2.22 hereof regarding the  adjustment
of  such number) on the daily average unused amount of  such
Bank's Revolving Credit Commitment, for the period from  and
including  the date hereof to but excluding the  earlier  of
the  date Revolving Credit Commitments are terminated or the
Revolving Credit Termination Date.  Accrued commitment  fees
shall  be  payable on each Quarterly Date and on  the  dates
referred to in the immediately preceding sentence.

    3.2.Additional  Costs.  The Borrower shall  pay  to  the
        -----------------
Agent  for  the account of each Bank from time to time  such
amounts  as  such  Bank may determine  to  be  necessary  to
compensate  it for any costs which such Bank determines  are
attributable to its making or maintaining any Loans  or  its
obligation to make any Loans or issue or participate in  any
Letters of Credit hereunder, or any reduction in any  amount
receivable by such Bank hereunder in respect of any of  such
Loans   or  Letters  of  Credit  or  such  obligation  (such
increases  in  costs  and reductions in  amounts  receivable
being  herein called "Additional Costs") resulting from  any
Regulatory Change which:

         (a     changes  the  basis  of  taxation   of   any
                amounts  payable  to such  Bank  under  this
                Agreement, the Notes, the Letters of  Credit
                or  any  of  the other Credit  Documents  in
                respect  of  any  of the Loans  (other  than
                taxes  imposed on the overall net income  of
                the Bank); or

         (b     imposes,  modifies or deems  applicable  any
                reserve,  special deposit, minimum  capital,
                capital   ratio   or  similar   requirements
                (other    than   the   Reserve   Requirement
                utilized  in  the  determination  of   LIBOR
                Reserve   Adjusted  Rate  for   such   Loan)
                relating  to  any extensions  of  credit  or
                other  assets  of, or any deposits  with  or
                other  liabilities of, such Bank  (including
                any  of  the  Loans), or any  Commitment  of
                such Bank; or

     
                                 -23-

<PAGE>

         (c     imposes  any other condition affecting  this
                Agreement, the Notes held by such  Bank  (or
                any   of   such  extensions  of  credit   or
                liabilities), the Letters of Credit, any  of
                the  other  Credit Documents, the Loans,  or
                the  Commitment of such Bank or its  lending
                office.

         Each  Bank  will notify the Borrower of  any  event
occurring  after  the  date  of this  Agreement  which  will
entitle  such Bank to compensation pursuant to this  Section
3.2  as  promptly as practicable after it obtains  knowledge
thereof  and determines to request such compensation  (which
determination  such  Bank  will  endeavor   to   make   with
reasonable promptness).  Each Bank will furnish the Borrower
with  a  certificate setting forth in reasonable detail  the
basis   and  amount  of  each  request  by  the   Bank   for
compensation under this Section 3.2.

         Without  limiting the effect of the  provisions  of
Section  3.2  hereof, in the event that, by  reason  of  any
Regulatory  Change, any Bank becomes subject to restrictions
on the amount of a category of deposits or liabilities which
it  may  hold which includes deposits by reference to  which
the  interest  rate  on Eurodollar Loans  is  determined  as
provided in this Agreement or a category of assets  of  such
Bank which includes Eurodollar Loans, then, if such Bank  so
elects  by  notice  to  the  Borrower  and  the  Agent,  the
obligation  of  such Bank to make and to  Continue,  and  to
Convert  Loans  of  any  other type into,  Eurodollar  Loans
hereunder  shall  be suspended until such Regulatory  Change
ceases  to be in effect (and all Eurodollar Loans then  held
by  such  Bank shall be Converted into Corporate  Base  Rate
Loans at the end of the Interest Periods applicable thereto,
or  immediately if holding any such Eurodollar Loan would be
contrary to any Requirement of Law).
         
         Determinations  and allocations  by  any  Bank  for
purposes of this Section 3.2 of the effect of any Regulatory
Change  on  its  costs or rate of return of maintaining  the
Loans  or  its  obligation  to make  Loans,  or  on  amounts
receivable by it in respect of the Loans, and of the amounts
required  to  compensate such Bank under this  Section  3.2,
shall  be conclusive, provided that such determinations  and
allocations are made on a reasonable basis and are set forth
in reasonable detail in the certificates referred to herein.

    3.3.Limitation  on Types of Loans.  Anything  herein  to
        -----------------------------
the  contrary  notwithstanding,  if,  on  or  prior  to  the
determination of any Eurodollar Rate for any Interest Period
the   Agent   determines  (which  determination   shall   be
conclusive)  that  quotations  of  interest  rates  for  the
relevant  deposits referred to in the definition of  "LIBOR"
in Section 1.1 hereof are not being provided in the relevant
amounts  or  for  the relevant maturities  for  purposes  of
determining  rates  of  interest  for  Eurodollar  Loans  as
provided herein, then the Agent shall give the Borrower  and
each  Bank  prompt  notice thereof,  and  so  long  as  such
condition  remains in effect, the Banks shall  be  under  no
obligation  to  make  additional  Loans  of  such  type,  to
Continue Loans of such type or to Convert Loans of any other
type into Loans of such type and the Borrower shall, on  the
last  day(s) of the then current Interest Period(s) for  the
outstanding Loans of such type, either prepay such Loans  or
Convert such Loans into another type of Loan.

    3.4.Illegality.  Notwithstanding any other provision  of
        ----------
this Agreement, in the event that it becomes unlawful for any
Bank to honor its obligation to make or maintain Eurodollar
Loans hereunder, then such Bank shall promptly notify the
Borrower thereof (with a copy to the Agent) and such Bank's
obligation to make or Continue Eurodollar Loans, or Convert
Loans into Eurodollar Loans, shall be suspended until such
time as

                             -24-

such Bank may again make and maintain Eurodollar Loans (and
such Bank's outstanding Eurodollar Loans shall be Converted
into Corporate Base Rate Loans in accordance with Section
3.5 hereof).

    3.5.Certain Conversions Pursuant to Sections 3.3 and 3.4.
        ---------------------------------------------------- 
If the Eurodollar Loans of any Bank (such Loans being herein
called "Affected Loans") are to be Converted pursuant to 
Section  3.3  or 3.4 hereof, such Bank's Affected  Loans
shall  be  automatically Converted into Corporate Base  Rate
Loans  on  the  last  day(s) of the  then  current  Interest
Period(s)  for  the  Affected Loans  (or,  if  holding  such
Affected Loan would be contrary to any Requirement  of  Law,
on  such  earlier  date  as such Bank  may  specify  to  the
Borrower  with  a copy to the Agent) and, unless  and  until
such   Bank  gives  notice  as  provided  below   that   the
circumstances specified in Section 3.3 or 3.4  hereof  which
gave rise to such Conversion no longer exist:

         (a     to  the  extent  that such  Bank's  Affected
                Loans  have been so Converted, all  payments
                and  prepayments  of principal  which  would
                otherwise   be   applied  to   such   Bank's
                Affected  Loans shall be applied instead  to
                its Corporate Base Rate Loans; and

         (b     all  Loans which would otherwise be made  or
                Continued  by such Bank as Eurodollar  Loans
                shall  be  made  or  Continued  instead   as
                Corporate Base Rate Loans and all  Loans  of
                such   Bank   which   would   otherwise   be
                Converted  into  Eurodollar Loans  shall  be
                Converted instead into (or shall remain  as)
                Corporate Base Rate Loans.

If  such  Bank gives notice to the Borrower (with a copy  to
the  Agent) that the circumstances specified in Section  3.3
or   3.4  hereof  which  gave  rise  to  the  Conversion  or
non-Continuation of such Bank's Affected Loans  pursuant  to
this Section 3.5 no longer exist (which such Bank agrees  to
do  promptly upon such circumstances ceasing to exist) at  a
time  when  Eurodollar  Loans are outstanding,  such  Bank's
Corporate  Base Rate Loans shall be automatically Converted,
on   the  first  day(s)  of  the  next  succeeding  Interest
Period(s)  for  such outstanding Eurodollar  Loans,  to  the
extent  necessary so that, after giving effect thereto,  all
Loans held by the Banks holding Eurodollar Loans and by such
Bank are held pro rata (as to principal amounts and Interest
Periods) in accordance with their respective Commitments.
    
    3.6.Compensation.  The Borrower shall pay to  the  Agent
        ------------
for  the account of each Bank, upon the request of such Bank
through  the  Agent,  such amount or  amounts  as  shall  be
sufficient  (in  the reasonable opinion  of  such  Bank)  to
compensate it for any loss, cost or expense which such  Bank
incurs  (including, without limitation, any  loss,  cost  or
expense   incurred   by  reason  of   the   liquidation   or
re-employment of deposits, but excluding loss of anticipated
profits) and determines is attributable to:

         (a     any  payment, prepayment or Conversion of  a
                Eurodollar  Loan made by such Bank  for  any
                reason   (including,   without   limitation,
                pursuant  to  Section  2.11  hereof  or   by
                reason  of  the acceleration  of  the  Loans
                pursuant  to  Section 7 hereof)  on  a  date
                other  than  the  last day  of  an  Interest
                Period for such Loan; or

         (b     any  failure by the Borrower for any  reason
                (including, without limitation, the  failure
                of   any   of   the   conditions   precedent
                specified   in  Section  4  hereof   to   be
               
                                   -25-

<PAGE>

                satisfied, but excluding the failure of  the
                Agent  or  such Bank to make funds available
                to  the Borrower when required to do  so  by
                the  terms of this Agreement) to borrow  any
                Loan  from  such Bank on the date  for  such
                borrowing  specified in the relevant  notice
                of  borrowing given pursuant to Section 2.15
                hereof.


SECTION 4.      CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
- ------------------------------------

    4.1.Conditions  Precedent to the Loans.  Notwithstanding
        ----------------------------------
anything  to the contrary in this Agreement, the  obligation
of  any  Bank  to  make any Loans hereunder on  the  initial
Borrowing   Date  is  subject  to  each  of  the   following
conditions precedent:

    (a   The  Agent shall have received the following,  each
         of   which   shall   be  in  form   and   substance
         satisfactory to the Agent:

         (i     the Note(s), duly executed and delivered  by
                the Borrower;

         (ii    this  Agreement, duly executed and delivered
                by the Borrower;

         (iii   the  Subsidiary Guaranty, duly executed  and
                delivered   by   each  of   the   Subsidiary
                Guarantors;

         (iv    an initial Borrowing Base Certificate;

         (v     payment  in  full  of all  loans  and  other
                obligations  outstanding under the  Existing
                Credit  Agreement  and  termination  of  all
                Commitments thereunder;

         (vi    Certified  copies  of  the  Certificate   of
                Incorporation  and  Bylaws  (or   equivalent
                documents) of the Borrower and each  of  the
                Subsidiary Guarantors and of resolutions  of
                their   respective   Boards   of   Directors
                authorizing  the making and performance,  in
                the   case   of   the  Borrower,   of   this
                Agreement,  the Notes and all  other  Credit
                Documents,   and   in  the   case   of   the
                Subsidiary  Guarantors,  of  the  Subsidiary
                Guaranty,  and the transactions contemplated
                hereby and thereby;

         (vii   A  certificate  of appropriate  officers  of
                the  Borrower  and  each of  the  Subsidiary
                Guarantors  in  respect  of  each   of   its
                officers  (1) who is authorized  to  execute
                and  deliver,  as  the  case  may  be,  this
                Agreement,   the   Notes,   the   Subsidiary
                Guaranty,  and  all other Credit  Documents,
                and  (2) who will, until replaced by another
                officer  or  officers  duly  authorized  for
                that purpose, act as its representative  for
                the  purpose of signing documents and giving
                notices and other communications in connection
                with, as the case may be, this Agreement, the
                Subsidiary Guaranty, and the other Credit
                Documents and the transactions contemplated
                hereby and thereby (and the Agent and the Banks
                may conclusively rely on such certificate

                                   -26-

<PAGE>

                until it receives notice in writing from
                the Borrower or such Subsidiary Guarantor
                to the contrary);

         (viii  Certificates  of  all  liability   insurance
                policies required by this Agreement and  the
                other Credit Documents naming the Agent,  in
                its  capacity as Agent for the Banks, as  an
                additional insured thereunder;

         (ix    An   opinion  of  Randy  D.  Sims,   General
                Counsel  to  the  Borrower, addressing  such
                matters  and in such form as the  Agent  may
                reasonably require; and

         (x     Such  other  documents  as  the  Agent   may
                reasonably request.

    (b    No   material  adverse  change  in   the   assets,
prospects,   business,   operations,  financial   condition,
liabilities  or  capitalization of the Borrower  shall  have
occurred since January 2, 1999.

    (c   No litigation or similar proceeding shall exist  or
be  threatened with respect to the making of  the  Loans  or
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and no
Requirement  of  Law shall have been promulgated  or  deemed
applicable which is likely to have a material adverse effect
on the assets, liabilities, operations, business, prospects,
financial  condition or capitalization of the  Borrower,  on
the  timely payment of the principal of or interest  on  the
Loans, or the enforceability of this Agreement, the Notes or
any  of the other Credit Documents, or the Banks' rights and
remedies hereunder or thereunder.

    (d   All  representations  and warranties  made  by  the
Borrower herein or in any of the other Credit Documents,  or
in any certificate or statement furnished in connection with
the Loans or otherwise, are true and correct in all material
respects as of the date of each Loan as if made on and as of
such date.

    (e   No  Default or Event of Default shall have occurred
and be continuing as of the date of any Loan or after giving
effect to any Loan.

    (f   The  Loans,  the use of the proceeds  thereof,  the
other  transactions contemplated by this Agreement  and  the
other  Credit Documents, and the performance thereof by  the
Borrower and/or the Banks shall not violate, contravene,  or
conflict with, any Requirement of Law.

     4.2.  Subsequent  Loans and Advances.   Each  borrowing
           ------------------------------
hereunder  made after the initial Borrowing  Date  and  each
issuance  of a Letter of Credit is subject to each condition
precedent  set forth in Section 4.1 above.  In addition,  in
the case of each borrowing hereunder and each issuance of  a
Letter of Credit, such borrowing or request for a Letter  of
Credit  to be issued and the related notice thereof  by  the
Borrower hereunder shall constitute a certification  by  the
Borrower, as of the date of such borrowing or request for  a
Letter  of  Credit  to  be issued, and after  giving  effect
thereto, that (i) all representations and warranties made by
the Borrower herein (except those regarding Subsidiaries and
Material  Contracts made at Sections 5.12  and  5.14  hereof
that  are  identified as being made "as of the date hereof")
or  in  any  of  the  other  Credit  Documents,  or  in  any
certificate  or statement furnished in connection  with  the
Loans  or  otherwise, are true and correct in

                            -27-

<PAGE>

all material respects as if made on and of such date, and
(ii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred
and be continuing.

SECTION   5.        REPRESENTATIONS  AND  WARRANTIES.    The
- ----------------------------------------------------
Borrower represents and warrants, as to itself, to the Agent
and the Banks as follows:

    5.1.Corporate  Existence  and Structure.   The  Borrower
        -----------------------------------
and each of its Subsidiaries is a corporation duly organized
and  validly existing in good standing under the laws of the
jurisdiction   of  its  organization;  has   all   requisite
corporate  power;  has  all material governmental  licenses,
authorizations, consents and approvals necessary to own  its
assets and carry on its business as now being or as proposed
to  be  conducted; and is qualified to do  business  in  all
jurisdictions in which the nature of the business  conducted
by  it  makes such qualification necessary and where failure
to  so  qualify would have a material adverse effect on  the
assets,    prospects,   business,   operations,    financial
condition, liabilities or capitalization of the Borrower  or
any such Subsidiary.

    5.2.Financial   Condition.   The  audited   consolidated
        ---------------------
balance sheet of the Borrower as at January 2, 1999, and the
related  consolidated statements of earnings and changes  in
financial position of the Borrower for the fiscal year ended
on  said date, with the opinion thereon of January 2,  1999,
heretofore  furnished to each of the Banks,  fairly  present
the  consolidated financial condition of the Borrower as  at
said date and the consolidated results of its operations for
the  period  covered  thereby, all in accordance  with  GAAP
applied  on  a  consistent basis.  Except  as  disclosed  on
Schedule 5.2 hereto, Borrower did not have on said date  any
material  contingent liabilities, material  liabilities  for
taxes,  unusual  forward  or long-term  commitments  or  any
material   unrealized  or  anticipated   losses   from   any
unfavorable commitments, except as referred to or  reflected
or  provided for in said balance sheet or the notes  thereto
as  at said date.  Since January 2, 1999, there has been  no
material  adverse change in the assets, prospects, business,
operations,  financial  condition,  liabilities  (direct  or
contingent) or capitalization of the Borrower from that  set
forth in said financial statements as at said date.

    5.3.Litigation.   Except as disclosed  on  Schedule  5.3
        ----------
hereto, there are no legal or arbitration proceedings or any
proceedings  by  or  before any Governmental  Authority  now
pending,   or  (to  any  Borrower's  knowledge)  threatened,
against  the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, which,  if
adversely  determined, would have a material adverse  effect
on  the  business, assets, prospects, operations,  financial
condition, liabilities or capitalization of the Borrower and
its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

    5.4.No  Breach.  None of the execution and  delivery  of
        ----------
this  Agreement,  the  Notes, or any  of  the  other  Credit
Documents,  the consummation of the transactions herein  and
therein contemplated, or the performance or compliance  with
the  terms  and  provisions hereof or thereof will  conflict
with  or  result in a breach of, or require any  consent  or
prepayment under:

         (i     the charter or bylaws of the Borrower, or

         (ii    any  order,  writ, injunction or  decree  of
                any  court  or other Governmental  Authority
                or  any arbitration board applicable  to  or
                binding on the Borrower, or

                              -28-

<PAGE>


         (iii   any  material  agreement  or  instrument  to
                which  the Borrower is a party or  by  which
                it  is  bound, or constitute a default under
                any  such agreement or instrument, or result
                in  the  creation or imposition of any  Lien
                (other  than Permitted Liens) on any of  the
                properties,  assets  or  revenues   of   the
                Borrower  pursuant to the terms of any  such
                agreement or instrument.

    5.5.Corporate Action; Binding Effect.  The Borrower  has
        --------------------------------
all  necessary  corporate power and authority  to  make  and
perform   this   Agreement,  the  Notes,  the  Reimbursement
Agreements, and each of the other Credit Documents, and  the
making  and  performance by the Borrower of this  Agreement,
the  Notes,  the Reimbursement Agreements, and each  of  the
other   Credit  Documents,  and  the  consummation  of   the
transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, have been duly
authorized  by all necessary corporate action on  its  part.
This  Agreement constitutes, each of the Notes when executed
and  delivered for value will constitute, and  each  of  the
other  Credit  Documents executed or to be executed  by  the
Borrower,   constitutes,  the  legal,  valid   and   binding
obligation  of the Borrower, enforceable in accordance  with
its  terms,  except  to the extent that enforcement  may  be
limited     by     applicable    bankruptcy,     insolvency,
reorganization,  moratorium or similar  laws  affecting  the
enforcement of creditors' rights generally, and  by  general
principles  of equity (regardless of whether enforcement  is
sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

    5.6.Approvals.    No   authorizations,   approvals    or
        ---------
consents  of,  and  no  filings or registrations  with,  any
Governmental Authority or any other Person are necessary for
the making or performance by the Borrower of this Agreement,
the Notes, the Reimbursement Agreements, or any of the other
Credit Documents, or the validity or enforceability thereof.

    5.7.ERISA.    The  Borrower  and  each  of   its   ERISA
        -----
Affiliates have fulfilled their respective obligations under
the  minimum  funding standards of ERISA and the  Code  with
respect  to each Plan and are in compliance in all  material
respects  with the presently applicable provisions of  ERISA
and  the  Code, and have not incurred any material liability
to the PBGC or any Plan or Multiemployer Plan, other than an
obligation to fund or make contributions to any such Plan in
accordance with its terms and in the ordinary course.

    5.8.Taxes.  Except as disclosed on Schedule 5.8  hereto,
        -----
the  Borrower  and all of its Subsidiaries  have  filed  all
United  States  Federal  income tax returns  and  all  other
material tax returns which are required to be filed by  them
and  have  paid all taxes shown to be due pursuant  to  such
returns  or  pursuant  to  any assessment  received  by  the
Borrower  or  such  Subsidiary,  except  those  taxes  being
contested in good faith by proper proceedings and (except in
the  case  of  Inactive  Subsidiaries)  for  which  adequate
reserves are being maintained.

    5.9.Investment  Company Act.  The  Borrower  is  not  an
        -----------------------
"investment   company"   or   a  company   "controlled"   by
an"investment company" within the meaning of the  Investment
Company Act of 1940, as amended.

    5.10.Public Utility Holding Company Act.  The Borrower is
         ----------------------------------
not a "holding company" or a "subsidiary company" of a "holding
company" or an "affiliate" of a "holding company" or of a "subsidiary

                             -29-

<PAGE>


company" of a "holding company" within the meaning of the Public
Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended.

    5.11.      Environmental Matters.
               ---------------------

    (a   The  Borrower  and  each of  its  Subsidiaries  has
obtained   all  applicable  permits,  licenses   and   other
authorizations  which are required under  all  Environmental
Laws,  including  laws  relating to  emissions,  discharges,
releases or threatened releases of Hazardous Materials  into
the environment (including, without limitation, ambient air,
surface  water, ground water or land) or otherwise  relating
to   the   manufacture,   processing,   distribution,   use,
treatment,  storage,  disposal,  transport  or  handling  of
Hazardous  Materials, except to the extent failure  to  have
any such permit, license or authorization does not have, and
will  not  have,  a material adverse effect on  the  assets,
prospects,   business,   operations,  financial   condition,
liabilities  or  capitalization  of  the  Borrower  or  such
Subsidiary.   Except as set forth in Schedule  5.11  hereto,
the  Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is in  compliance
with  all  applicable Environmental Laws and with all  terms
and  conditions  of all permits, licenses and authorizations
required  to  be obtained by it, and is also  in  compliance
with   all   other  limitations,  restrictions,  conditions,
standards,    prohibitions,    requirements,    obligations,
schedules    and   timetables   contained   in    applicable
Environmental  Laws  or contained in any regulations,  code,
plan,  order, decree, judgment, injunction, notice or demand
letter  issued, entered, promulgated or approved thereunder,
except  to  the  extent that failure to so comply  does  not
have,  and will not have, a material adverse effect  on  the
assets,    prospects,   business,   operations,    financial
condition, liabilities or capitalization of the Borrower  or
such Subsidiary.

    (b   Except  as set forth on Schedule 5.11  hereto,  (i)
  neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has used,
stored,   treated,   transported,   manufactured,   refined,
handled, produced or disposed of any Hazardous Materials  or
Petroleum   Products  on,  under,  at,  from,  or  otherwise
affecting  any of their properties or assets, in any  manner
which  at  the  time  of the action in  question  materially
violated any applicable Environmental Law governing the use,
storage, treatment, transportation, manufacture, refinement,
handling, production or disposal of such Hazardous Materials
or   Petroleum  Products,  and  (ii)  to  the  best  of  the
Borrower's  knowledge, no prior owner of  such  property  or
asset  or  any past or present tenant, subtenant,  or  other
occupant  or  user thereof has used Hazardous  Materials  or
Petroleum  Products on, at, under, from  or  affecting  such
property  or asset, in any manner which at the time  of  the
action   in  question  materially  violated  any  applicable
Environmental  Law  governing the use,  storage,  treatment,
transportation,    manufacture,    refinement,     handling,
production  or disposal of Hazardous Materials or  Petroleum
Products.

    (c   Except  as  set  forth  on  Schedule  5.11  hereto,
neither  the  Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries  has  any
obligations    or    liabilities   under   any    applicable
Environmental Law which could reasonably be expected to have
a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  business,  prospects,
assets,  financial  condition,  operations,  liabilities  or
capitalization of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as
a   whole,  and  neither  the  Borrower  nor  any   of   its
Subsidiaries has received notice of any claims  against  it,
and  no presently outstanding citations or notices have been
issued  against or received by it which could reasonably  be
expected  to have a material adverse effect on the business,
prospects,    assets,   operations,   financial   condition,
liabilities  or  capitalization  of  the  Borrower  and  its
Subsidiaries taken as a whole which in any case have been or
are  imposed  by  reason  of  or  based  on  any  applicable
Environmental Law.

                             -30-

<PAGE>


    5.12.        Subsidiaries.   Each  of  the  Subsidiaries
                 ------------
listed  on  Schedule  5.12 hereto (other  than  the  Foreign
Subsidiaries) is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the  Borrower,
and  the Borrower owns and has good title to (free and clear
of  all  Liens), and has the unencumbered right to vote  all
the  outstanding  shares  of  capital  stock  of  each  such
Subsidiary.  Except as shown on Schedule 5.12, each  of  the
Foreign Subsidiaries is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of  Cerner
International, Inc., which owns and has good title to  (free
and  clear of all Liens), and has the unencumbered right  to
vote  all  the outstanding shares of capital stock  of  each
such  Foreign  Subsidiary.   As  of  the  date  hereof,  the
Borrower  has only the Subsidiaries listed on Schedule  5.12
hereto.  None of the Inactive Subsidiaries have any material
assets or properties.

    5.13.       Assets  of the Borrower.  The  Borrower  and
                -----------------------
each  of its Subsidiaries owns all properties and assets  it
purports  to  own,  free  and clear  of  all  Liens  (except
Permitted Liens), except to the extent the Borrower's or any
Subsidiary's  failure to own any such properties  or  assets
would  not  have a material adverse effect on the  business,
prospects,    assets,   financial   condition,   operations,
liabilities  or  capitalization  of  the  Borrower  and  its
Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

    5.14.      Material Contracts.
               ------------------

    (a   Any  agreement or instrument that has or is  likely
to   have  a  material  effect  on  the  assets,  prospects,
business,  operations, financial condition,  liabilities  or
capitalization  of  the  Borrower is  referred  to  in  this
Section  5.14  as a "Material Contract."   As  of  the  date
                     -----------------
hereof, all of the Borrower's Material Contracts are  listed
on Schedule 5.14 hereto.

    (b   The  Borrower is not in default under any  Material
Contract  in any manner that could materially and  adversely
affect   the   assets,   prospects,  business,   operations,
financial  condition, liabilities or capitalization  of  the
Borrower,  or  in  any  manner  that  could  jeopardize  the
Borrower's  right to require the performance, observance  or
fulfillment   of  any  of  the  obligations,  covenants   or
conditions contained in any Material Contract.

    5.15.      Solvency.
               --------

    (a   The  fair  saleable  value of  the  assets  of  the
Borrower  (on  an  unconsolidated basis) exceeds  and  will,
immediately  following the making of the Loans,  exceed  the
amount that will be required to be paid on or in respect  of
the   existing   debts  and  other  liabilities   (including
contingent liabilities) of the Borrower as they mature.

    (b   Neither  the  Borrower nor any of its  Subsidiaries
has  or will have, immediately following the making of  each
Loan, unreasonably small capital to carry on its business as
conducted or as proposed to be conducted.

    (c   Neither  the  Borrower nor any of its  Subsidiaries
intends to, or believes that it will, incur debts beyond its
ability to pay such debts as they mature.

                             -31-

<PAGE>


    5.16.       Margin Regulations.  Neither the  making  of
                ------------------
the  Loans  hereunder, nor the use of the proceeds  thereof,
will  violate  or  be inconsistent with  the  provisions  of
Regulation  G,  T, U or X of the Board of Governors  of  the
Federal Reserve System.  No part of the proceeds of any Loan
will  be  used, whether directly or indirectly, and  whether
immediately, incidentally or ultimately, to purchase  or  to
extend  credit  to others for the purpose of  purchasing  or
carrying Margin Stock (as defined in said Regulation U).

    5.17.       Copyrights, Patents and Other  Rights.   The
                -------------------------------------
Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries possesses all patents,
patent  rights  or patent licenses, trademark rights,  trade
names,  trade  name  rights  and copyrights  and  all  other
intellectual property rights which are required  to  conduct
its  business as presently conducted, and such rights do not
infringe on or conflict with the rights of any other Person,
except to the extent such infringement or conflict would not
have  a  material  adverse effect on the  business,  assets,
prospects,  operations, financial condition, liabilities  or
capitalization of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as
a whole.

    5.18.      Disclosure.  Neither this Agreement, nor  any
               ----------
of  the  other  Credit  Documents, nor  any  certificate  or
statement  furnished to the Agent or any Bank in  connection
herewith   or  otherwise,  at  the  time  it  was  executed,
delivered  and/or furnished, contained any untrue  statement
of  a  material  fact, or omitted to state a  material  fact
which   was  necessary  in  order  to  make  the  statements
contained  herein or therein not materially misleading.   At
the  date  hereof, there is no fact known  to  the  Borrower
which materially and adversely affects, or in the future may
reasonably  be expected to materially and adversely  affect,
the   business,  assets,  prospects,  operations,  financial
condition, liabilities or capitalization of the Borrower.

    5.19.       Labor  Matters.  For at  least  the  last  5
                --------------
years, neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries  has
experienced  any  strike, labor dispute,  slowdown  or  work
stoppage due to labor disagreement, and to the best  of  the
Borrower's knowledge, there is no strike, dispute,  slowdown
or  work stoppage threatened against the Borrower or any  of
its Subsidiaries.

    5.20.      No Event of Default.  No Default or Event  of
               ------------------- 
Default has occurred and is continuing.

    5.21.       Use of Proceeds.  The proceeds of the  Loans
                ---------------
will  be used by the Borrower to prepay the amount due under
the  Existing Credit Agreement, for working capital and  for
general  corporate purposes, including but  not  limited  to
other  Acquisitions that are permitted by the terms of  this
Agreement.  All Loans are and shall be (x) business loans as
provided  in  Mo. Rev. Stat.  408.035 and also  loans  to  a
corporation,  (y) business loans within the meaning  of  the
Depository  Institutions Deregulation and  Monetary  Control
Act  of  1980, as amended, and (z) for business, commercial,
investment  or  other similar purpose and not primarily  for
personal,  family, household or agricultural  use  (as  such
terms are used or defined in Regulation Z promulgated by the
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and Title I
and V of the Consumer Credit Protection Act, as amended).

    5.22.       Authorized  Officers.  The  Borrower  hereby
                --------------------
designates,  appoints, authorizes and directs  each  of  the
officers designated in the certified resolution of the board
of  directors of the Borrower delivered to the Agent on  the
date  hereof (the "Authorized Officer") to act on behalf  of
                   ------------------
the  Borrower for purposes of giving notice to the Agent  of
requests  for  Loans  under  Section  2.2  hereof  and   for
otherwise  giving notices under this Agreement or the  other
Credit  Documents.  The Agent and the Banks are entitled  to
rely and act on the instructions of the Authorized Officer on
behalf of the Borrower.  The Borrower covenants and agrees to

                           -32-

<PAGE> 

assume liability for and to protect, indemnify and hold 
harmless  the Agent and the Banks  from  any  and  all
liabilities, obligations, damages, penalties, claims, causes
of  action,  costs, charges and expenses (including  without
limitation,  attorneys' fees), which  may  be  incurred  by,
imposed  or asserted against the Agent or any Bank howsoever
arising or incurred because of, out of or in connection with
the Agent or any Bank dealing with the Authorized Officer on
behalf  of  the  Borrower,  other  than  those  liabilities,
obligations,  damages, penalties, claims causes  of  action,
costs, charges and expenses incurred by reason of the  gross
negligence or willful misconduct of such Agent or  Bank,  as
the case may be.

SECTION  6.       COVENANTS.  Until payment in full  of  the
- ---------------------------
principal of and interest on the Loans and all other amounts
payable by the Borrower hereunder or under any of the  other
Credit   Documents   and  until  the   expiration   of   the
Commitments:

    6.1.Information.   The  Borrower shall  deliver  to  the
        -----------
Agent, with copies for each of the Banks:

    (a   as  soon  as  available and  in  any  event  within
         30  days  after  the  end of  each  fiscal  quarter
         (commencing  with  the  first  whole   or   partial
         quarter   after   the   date   hereof),    (i)    a
         consolidating  balance sheet and  income  statement
         for  the Borrower for the fiscal quarter and  year-
         to-date  period;  (ii) consolidated  balance  sheet
         and  income  statement for the Borrower  reflecting
         quarterly  and  year-to-date  performance   against
         current quarter budget, budget year-to-date  (on  a
         calendar  year basis), the prior year  quarter  and
         the  prior  year-to-date; (iii)  consolidated  cash
         flow  statement for the Borrower reflecting current
         quarter   and   year-to-date  performance   against
         current  quarter and year-to-date budget and  prior
         year  quarter  and prior year-to-date results;  and
         (iv)  a  certificate of the chief financial officer
         of  the Borrower which certificate shall state that
         said   financial  statements  fairly  present   the
         consolidated  financial condition  and  results  of
         operations of the Borrower in accordance with  GAAP
         consistently  applied, as at the end of,  and  for,
         such  period  (subject  to  normal  year-end  audit
         adjustments   and  to  the  absence   of   footnote
         disclosures);

    (b   as  soon as available, and in any event within  120
         days  after  the  end of each fiscal  year  of  the
         Borrower  consolidated  and  consolidating   income
         statements,   statements   of   cash   flows    and
         reconciliation  of  net  worth  and   the   related
         consolidated  and consolidating balance  sheet  and
         consolidated statement of stockholders' equity  for
         the  Borrower as at the end of such year,  and  for
         the  immediately  preceding  fiscal  year,  setting
         forth  in  the case of each consolidated  statement
         and   balance   sheet  in  comparative   form   the
         corresponding  figures  for  the  preceding  fiscal
         year,  and  accompanied by an  unqualified  opinion
         thereon,    of    independent   certified    public
         accountants   satisfactory  to  the  Agent,   which
         opinion   shall   state  that   said   consolidated
         financial    statements    fairly    present    the
         consolidated  financial condition  and  results  of
         operations  of the Borrower as at the end  of,  and
         for,  such fiscal year, and a certificate  of  such
         accountants   stating   that,   in    making    the
         examination  necessary  for  their  opinion,   they
         obtained   no  knowledge,  except  as  specifically
         stated,   of  any  Default  or  Event  of   Default
         continuing as of the date of such certificate;

    (c   promptly upon their becoming available, copies of all
         registration statements and annual, periodic or other
         regular reports, final proxy statements and such other
         similar information

                                -33-

<PAGE>

         as shall be filed by the Borrower with the SEC, any
         national securities exchange or (to the extent not
         duplicative) any other similar Governmental Authority;

    (d   promptly   upon   the  mailing   thereof   to   the
         shareholders of the Borrower generally,  copies  of
         all  notices,  financial  statements,  reports  and
         proxy statements so mailed;

    (e   as  soon  as possible, and in any event within  ten
         days  after the Borrower knows that any "reportable
         event"   as   defined  in  ERISA   or   notice   of
         termination   with   respect   to   any   Plan   or
         Multiemployer  Plan  have  occurred  or  exist,   a
         statement  signed  by  a  senior  officer  of   the
         Borrower  setting  forth  details  respecting  such
         event  or  condition and the action, if any,  which
         the  Borrower  or its ERISA Affiliate  proposes  to
         take  with  respect  thereto (and  a  copy  of  any
         report  or  notice  required to be  filed  with  or
         given  to PBGC by the Borrower or any of its  ERISA
         Affiliates   with   respect  to   such   event   or
         condition);

    (f   except  as  otherwise provided in Section  6.11(d),
         not   less  than  5  Business  Days  prior  to  the
         formation  of  any  Subsidiary or  any  Acquisition
         that,  upon  the consummation of that  Acquisition,
         will result in any Person becoming a Subsidiary  of
         the   Borrower,  notice  thereof  describing   such
         transaction  or event and the expected proceeds  to
         be  received  therefrom, in detail satisfactory  to
         the Majority Banks;

    (g   not  later  than  February  28  of  each  year,   a
         consolidated  operating budget  for  the  Borrower,
         for  the  then-current "plan year" of the  Borrower
         (to  be  the  same as the Borrower's  fiscal  year)
         showing projected revenues, expenses, earnings  and
         balance  sheet  by month and in such  other  detail
         reasonably satisfactory to the Majority Banks,  and
         thereafter   from   time  to  time   any   material
         modification to such budgets as soon as available;

    (h   promptly  upon receipt by the Borrower, a  copy  of
         any   management  letter  sent  by  the  Borrower's
         independent  certified  public  accountants  (which
         shall   deliver  the  opinion  on  the   Borrower's
         financial   statements  pursuant  to   clause   (b)
         above),  and  promptly  upon  completion   of   any
         response report, a copy of such response report;

    (i   promptly after the Borrower knows that any  Default
         has  occurred,  notice of such Default,  describing
         the  same  in reasonable detail and describing  the
         steps being taken to remedy the same;

    (j   promptly  from time to time such other  information
         regarding (i) the business, affairs, operations  or
         condition   (financial   or   otherwise)   of   the
         Borrower, (ii) compliance by the Borrower with  its
         obligations  contained herein  or  in  any  of  the
         other  Credit Documents, and (iii  the transactions
         contemplated hereby, in each case in such form  and
         in   such   detail  as  the  Majority   Banks   may
         reasonably request;

    (k   promptly  after  obtaining knowledge  thereof,  any
         material    adverse   change   in   the   business,
         prospects,     assets,     financial     condition,
         liabilities or capitalization of the Borrower; and

                               -34-

<PAGE>


    (l)  as  soon  as available and in any event  within  30
         days   after   the  end  of  each  fiscal   quarter
         (commencing  with  the  quarter  ending  April   3,
         1999),   a  certificate  (a  "Borrowing  Base   and
         Compliance Certificate") in the form of  Exhibit  D
         hereto,  calculating the Borrowing Base as  of  the
         end  of the most recently completed fiscal quarter,
         and   setting  forth  in  reasonable   detail   the
         computations  necessary to  determine  whether  the
         Borrower   is  in  compliance  with  the  financial
         covenants  hereof  as of the  end  of  such  fiscal
         quarter.

The Borrower will furnish to the Agent, with copies for each
Bank,  at  the  same time it furnishes financial  statements
pursuant to clauses (a) or (b) above, a certificate  of  the
chief  financial officer of the Borrower (i) to  the  effect
that no Default has occurred and is continuing, (ii) to  the
effect  that all representations and warranties made by  the
Borrower   in   this  Agreement  (except   those   regarding
Subsidiaries  and Material Contracts made at  Sections  5.12
and 5.14 hereof that are identified as being made "as of the
date  hereof")  or in any of the other Credit Documents  are
true and correct in all material respects as of the date  of
such  certificate with the same force and effect as if  made
on such date, and (iii) containing such other information as
the  Agent or any Bank (through the Agent) may from time  to
time reasonably request to be included in such certificate.

    6.2.Litigation, Etc.  The Borrower shall  promptly  give
        ---------------
to the Agent, with copies for each of the Banks, notice of:

    (a   all  legal or arbitration proceedings, and  of  all
         proceedings   by   or   before   any   Governmental
         Authority  affecting the Borrower  or  any  of  its
         Subsidiaries which, if adversely determined,  might
         result  in  a monetary loss (regardless of  whether
         any  portion of such loss is covered by  insurance)
         to  the  Borrower  or  any such  Subsidiary  in  an
         amount in excess of $1,000,000 individually  or  in
         excess  of  $10,000,000 in the  aggregate  for  all
         such proceedings; and

    (b   (i)  the issuance by any Governmental Authority  of
         any    injunction,   order   or   other   restraint
         prohibiting,  or having the effect  of  prohibiting
         or   delaying,  any  action  on  the  part  of  the
         Borrower  or any of its Subsidiaries, or  (ii)  the
         institution   of   any   litigation   or    similar
         proceedings seeking any such injunction,  order  or
         other  restraint which, in the case of subpart  (i)
         hereof,  would  have, and in the  case  of  subpart
         (ii)  hereof, would reasonably be expected to  have
         if  the  outcome  were adverse, a material  adverse
         effect   on   the   business,  assets,   prospects,
         operations,  financial  condition,  liabilities  or
         capitalization    of   the   Borrower    and    its
         Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

    6.3.Compliance,  Inspection, Etc.  The  Borrower  shall,
        ---------------------------- 
and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to:

    (a   comply  with all applicable Requirements of Law  if
         failure   to   so   comply  would  materially   and
         adversely  affect the assets, prospects,  business,
         operations,  financial  condition,  liabilities  or
         capitalization  of  the Borrower,  or  any  of  its
         Subsidiaries,   or  the  timely  payment   of   the
         principal  of  or  interest on the  Loans,  or  the
         enforceability of this Agreement, the Notes or  any
         of  the  other Credit Documents or the  rights  and
         remedies  of  the Agent or the Banks  hereunder  or
         thereunder;

                               -35-

<PAGE>

    (b   pay   and  discharge  all  taxes,  assessments  and
         governmental charges or levies imposed on it or  on
         its  income  or profits or on any of  its  property
         prior   to  the  date  on  which  penalties  attach
         thereto,  except  for  any  such  tax,  assessment,
         charge  or  levy  the payment  of  which  is  being
         contested  in good faith and by proper  proceedings
         and,  if  material, against which adequate reserves
         are  being  maintained or which are bonded  against
         to the satisfaction of the Majority Banks;

    (c   permit  representatives of the Agent and the Banks,
         during normal business hours, to examine, copy  and
         make  extracts  from  its  books  and  records,  to
         inspect   its   properties,  and  to  discuss   its
         business and affairs with its officers, all to  the
         extent  reasonably requested by the  Agent  or  any
         Bank,  which shall include, but not be limited  to,
         conducting  field  audits  of  the  assets  of  the
         Borrower  and its Subsidiaries, one of which  field
         audits   each  year  shall  be  at  the  Borrower's
         expense; and

    (d   as  soon  as  possible and in any event  within  10
         days after the Borrower has received any notice  or
         other    communication   from   any    Governmental
         Authority  to the effect that the Borrower  or  any
         of  its Subsidiaries is not in compliance with  any
         Environmental  Law  or  any  permit,   license   or
         authorization  referred to in Section  5.11  hereof
         (in  accordance  with  the provisions  thereof),  a
         notice of such circumstance describing the same  in
         reasonable detail.

    6.4.Use  of  Proceeds.  The proceeds of the Loans  shall
        -----------------
be  used solely to prepay the Existing Credit Agreement  and
for  working capital and general corporate purposes  of  the
Borrower,   including  but  not  limited   to   Acquisitions
permitted  by the terms of this Agreement, and in accordance
with Sections 5.16 and 5.21 hereof.

    6.5.Current  Ratio.  The Borrower shall not  permit  its
        --------------
Current Ratio to be less than 2.00 to 1.00 at any time.

    6.6.Minimum Tangible Net Worth.  The Borrower shall  not
        --------------------------
permit  its Tangible Net Worth on any date to be  less  than
the  sum  of (i) $200,000,000, plus (ii) an amount equal  to
50%  of  its Consolidated Net Income (without reduction  for
any  deficit in its Consolidated Net Income) for the  period
from   January  2,  1999  to  and  including  the  date   of
determination  thereof, computed on a cumulative  basis  for
such entire period.

    6.7.Funded  Debt Ratio.  The Borrower shall  not  permit
        ------------------
its  Funded  Debt Ratio at the end of any fiscal quarter  to
exceed 60%.

    6.8.Fixed  Charge  Coverage Ratio.  The  Borrower  shall
        -----------------------------
not  permit  its Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for any  Fiscal
Period to be less than 1.75 to 1.00.

    6.9.[this section intentionally left blank]

    6.10. Certain Obligations Respecting Subsidiaries.
          -------------------------------------------

                              -36-

<PAGE>


    (a)  The  Borrower  will, and will  cause  each  of  its
Subsidiaries to, take such action from time to time as shall
be   necessary   to  ensure  that  all  of  the   Borrower's
Subsidiaries  are and remain owned as described  in  Section
5.12  hereof.   Notwithstanding the foregoing, the  Borrower
may  wind  up  the  corporate affairs of  and  dissolve  any
Inactive  Subsidiary, provided that the Borrower  gives  the
Agent not less than five days prior written notice thereof.

    (b)   The   Borrower  will  not  permit   any   of   its
Subsidiaries  to  enter  into,  after  the  date   of   this
Agreement,  any  indenture, agreement, instrument  or  other
arrangement  (each,  a  "Restrictive  Agreement")  that  (or
                         ----------------------
modify  the terms of any Restrictive Agreement which  is  in
effect  on  the date of this Agreement if such modification)
would directly or indirectly, prohibit or restrain, or  have
the  effect  of prohibiting or restraining, or would  impose
materially  adverse  conditions  upon,  the  incurrence   or
payment of Indebtedness (including the Subsidiary Guaranty),
the  granting  of  Liens,  the  declaration  or  payment  of
dividends, the making of loans, advances or Investments  (or
the  repayment  of  or  return on the  same)  or  the  sale,
assignment,  transfer  or  other  disposition   of   assets.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Subsidiary may enter  into,
after  the  date of this Agreement, one or more  Restrictive
Agreements  provided that (i) each Restrictive Agreement  is
entered  into in connection with, and substantially  at  the
same  time as, the Borrower's proposed private placement  of
approximately  $100 million of debt (as such  proposed  debt
has  been described by the Borrower to the Agent in  writing
on  before  the date hereof), and (ii) no provision  in  any
Restrictive  Agreement prohibits or otherwise restricts  the
incurrence  or payment of any Indebtedness or other  amounts
due  or in favor of the Agent or any of the Banks under  any
of  the Credit Documents, including, without limitation, the
Subsidiary Guaranty.

    (c)  No  later  than five (5) Business  Days  after  any
Person  becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower after the  date
of   this  Agreement,  the  Borrower  shall,  in  each  such
instance, forthwith cause such Subsidiary to become a  party
to  the  Subsidiary  Guaranty, provided  that  if  any  such
                               --------
Subsidiary  is a Foreign Subsidiary such Foreign  Subsidiary
need  not  become a party to the Subsidiary  Guaranty.   The
Borrower shall, and shall cause such Subsidiary to,  furnish
such  certificates and other documentation as the Agent  may
require,  including, without limitation, favorable  opinions
of  counsel  to such Person (which shall cover, among  other
things,   the   legality,  validity,  binding   effect   and
enforceability of the documentation necessary to cause  such
Subsidiary to become a party to the Subsidiary Guaranty.

    6.11. Mergers, Acquisitions, Sale of Assets,  Etc.
          ------------------------------------------- 
The  Borrower  shall not, nor shall it  permit  any  of  its
Subsidiaries to, consolidate or merge with any other Person,
or sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of all
or  any  part of its business or assets to any other Person,
or  be a party to any Acquisition of any other Person or all
or substantially all of such Person's assets, other than:

    (a)  sales   of  inventory,  licensing  of  intellectual
         property  and  leasing  of  real  estate   in   the
         ordinary  course  of  its business  and  consistent
         with its past practices;

    (b)  the  disposition  of  obsolete  or  worn-out  fixed
         assets,  plant,  equipment  or  other  property  no
         longer  required  by or useful to the  Borrower  or
         any  of  its  Subsidiaries in connection  with  the
         operation of its business;

    (c)  sales,    assignments,    transfers    or     other
         dispositions of assets for cash consideration,  but
         only so long as the aggregate fair market value  of
         the  assets  so disposed of does not exceed  5%  of

                                -37-

<PAGE>

         the  fair  market  value of  the  Borrower's  total
         assets  (on a consolidated basis) in the  aggregate
         as at the end of the preceding fiscal year;

    (d)  any  Acquisition  (including,  without  limitation,
         the  formation of any Subsidiary in connection with
         such  Acquisition) so long as, after giving  effect
         to   such  Acquisition,  no  Default  or  Event  of
         Default   has  occurred  and  is  continuing,   and
         provided that the Borrower has given the Agent  and
         each Bank:

                (i)  in  the case of an Acquisition in which
                   the  value  of the assets, securities  or
                   other   interests  acquired   equals   or
                   exceeds  $10,000,000, at least 5 Business
                   Days   prior  written  notice   of   such
                   Acquisition,  which notice shall  include
                   a   description  of  the  terms  of   the
                   Acquisition, the manner in which it  will
                   be     financed,    summary    historical
                   financial  information about  the  Person
                   being  acquired or the Person  from  whom
                   such  assets are being acquired,  as  the
                   case   may   be,   pro  forma   financial
                   calculation   demonstrating    why    the
                   proposed  Acquisition will not result  in
                   any Default under this Agreement, and

                (ii)in  the case of an Acquisition in  which
                   the  value  of the assets, securities  or
                   other  interests acquired  is  less  than
                   $10,000,000,   all  of  the   information
                   described   in  subpart  (i)  immediately
                   above,  except that the information  need
                   not  be  given  to  the  Agent  until   5
                   Business  Days after the Acquisition  has
                   been consummated, and

                (iii)   such  other  information  about  the
                   Acquisition  or proposed Acquisition,  as
                   the  case  may be, as the Majority  Banks
                   may  reasonably  request  from  time   to
                   time; or

    (e)  any  merger  or  consolidation, so  long  as  after
         giving  effect  thereto, no  Default  or  Event  of
         Default   has   occurred  and  is  continuing   and
         provided  that  either  (i)  the  Borrower  is  the
         surviving corporation thereof, or (ii) in the  case
         of  a  merger or consolidation involving a  Wholly-
         Owned  Subsidiary and one more other Persons (other
         than the Borrower), the Wholly-Owned Subsidiary  is
         the surviving corporation thereof.

    6.12. Dividends and Distributions.   The  Borrower
          ---------------------------
shall  not, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries  to,
make any Investment in any Foreign Subsidiary or declare  or
pay,  directly or indirectly, any dividend or make any other
distribution (by reduction of capital or otherwise), whether
in cash, property, securities or a combination thereof, with
respect  to  any shares of its capital stock or directly  or
indirectly redeem, purchase, retire or otherwise acquire for
value  any shares of any class of its capital stock  or  set
aside  any  amount  for  any  such  purpose  (the  foregoing
transactions    being   collectively   called    "Restricted
Payments");   provided  that  (a)  the  Borrower   and   its
Subsidiaries   may   make   Investments   in   its   Foreign
Subsidiaries  and  may  declare and  pay  dividends  payable
solely in shares of its common stock, (b) any Subsidiary  of
the  Borrower may make Restricted Payments to the  Borrower,
and  (c) so long as immediately after giving effect  to  any
such  proposed action no Default shall have occurred and  be
continuing,  the  Borrower may make Restricted

                            -38-

<PAGE>

Payments in respect of its common stock either in cash or
securities of the Borrower and the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries may make Investments in the Borrower's Foreign
Subsidiaries if the aggregate amount or fair market value
thereof shall not exceed the sum of (i) $25,000,000, (ii) 50%
of Consolidated Net Income (net of cumulative losses) for the
period (taken as a single accounting period) beginning January
2, 1999, and ending on the last day of the most recent month
for which financial statements  shall  have  been   delivered
pursuant  to Section 6.01 hereof, and (iii) the proceeds  of
any  issue of common stock of the Borrower or the conversion
or exchange of any of the Borrower's debt securities into or
for  its  common  stock after the date hereof,  net  of  any
discount,  costs  and expenses incurred in  connection  with
such issue, conversion or exchange, that are received by the
Borrower in the form of equity.

    6.13.        Sale  and  Lease-Back  Transactions.    The
                 ----------------------------------- 
Borrower  shall  not,  nor  shall  it  permit  any  of   its
Subsidiaries  to,  enter into any arrangement,  directly  or
indirectly, with any Person (other than the Borrower or  one
of  its Subsidiaries except a Foreign Subsidiary) whereby it
shall  sell  or  transfer any property,  real  or  personal,
whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and thereafter rent
or lease such property or other property which it intends to
use  for substantially the same purpose or purposes  as  the
property  being sold or transferred (a "Sale and  Lease-Back
                                        --------------------
Transaction"); provided that the Borrower or one or more  of
- ----------- 
its  Subsidiaries  may enter into any  Sale  and  Lease-Back
Transaction  if  (a)  at  the time of  such  Transaction  no
Default  shall  have  occurred and be continuing,  (b)  Such
Transaction is in connection with the issuance of "qualified
small  issue  bonds" (as defined in Section  144(a)  of  the
Code) after the date hereof.

    6.14. Investments   and  Joint   Ventures.    The
          -----------------------------------        
Borrower  shall  not,  and  shall  not  permit  any  of  its
Subsidiaries  to, make or permit to remain  outstanding  any
Investment  in  any Person or enter into any joint  venture,
except:

    (a)  Investments  in  short-term obligations  issued  or
         fully guaranteed by the U.S. Government;

    (b)  certificates  of  deposit and other  time  deposits
         with,  and  any other Investment purchased  through
         any Bank;
    
    (c)  commercial  paper rated A-1 or A-2  by  Standard  &
         Poor's   Corporation  or  P-1  or  P-2  by  Moody's
         Investors Service, Inc.;

    (d)  Investments  by  the Borrower in  its  Subsidiaries
         (other  than a Foreign Subsidiary), and Investments
         by  a Subsidiary of the Borrower in the Borrower or
         another    Subsidiary   (other   than   a   Foreign
         Subsidiary,  except  to  the  extent  permitted  by
         Section 6.12 hereof);

    (e)  existing  Investments  of  the  Borrower  and   its
         Subsidiaries listed on Schedule 6.14 hereto;

    (f)  Investments   in  other  companies  for   strategic
         alliance  or  investment purposes in  an  aggregate
         amount  outstanding  at  any  time  not  to  exceed
         $10,000,000;

    (g)  Investments  in  foreign  government  debt  in   an
         aggregate  amount outstanding at any  time  not  to
         exceed $5,000,000;

                                -39-

<PAGE>

    (h)  Investment  in municipal bonds rated  BBB  (or  its
         equivalent)  or  higher by a nationally  recognized
         debt rating agency;

    (i)  Investments  in  49-day dividend instruments  rated
         BBB  (or  its equivalent) or higher by a nationally
         recognized debt rating agency; and

    (j)  Investments  in Missouri industrial training  bonds
         rated  BBB  (or  its equivalent)  or  higher  by  a
         nationally recognized debt rating agency.

    6.15.       Liens.   The Borrower shall not,  and  shall
                -----
not  permit  any  of its Subsidiaries to, create,  incur  or
permit to exist any Lien on or in respect of its properties,
assets  or  revenues, now or hereafter acquired, except  for
Permitted  Liens; provided, however, that  nothing  in  this
                  --------  -------
Section  6.15 shall prohibit the Borrower or any  Subsidiary
from  entering into a Restrictive Agreement which  prohibits
or  restricts  the  granting of Liens  if  such  Restrictive
Agreement  may  be  entered into without  violating  Section
6.10(b)  hereof.   For purposes of the Borrower's  right  to
enter  into a Restrictive Agreement in compliance with  this
Section  6.15, the Borrower shall be treated the same  as  a
Subsidiary under Section 6.10(b) hereof.

    6.16.       Transactions With Affiliates.  The  Borrower
                ----------------------------
shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries  to,
directly  or  indirectly,  (a) make  any  Investment  in  an
Affiliate,  (b) transfer, sell, lease, assign  or  otherwise
dispose  of  any  assets  to  an  Affiliate,  (c)  merge  or
consolidate with or purchase or acquire any assets  from  an
Affiliate,  (d)  Guarantee or assume any obligations  of  an
Affiliate, or (e) enter into any other transaction  directly
or  indirectly  with  or for the benefit  of  an  Affiliate;
provided  that  (i) any Affiliate who is an  individual  may
serve as a director, officer or employee of the Borrower, or
any   of  its  Subsidiaries  and  receive  compensation   or
indemnification  in  connection with his  services  in  such
capacity, (ii) the Borrower or any Subsidiary may enter into
any  sale,  license,  lease or similar transaction  with  an
Affiliate in the ordinary course of business if the monetary
or  business  consideration arising therefrom would  be  not
materially  less  advantageous  to  the  Borrower   or   the
Subsidiary  as the monetary or business consideration  which
it  would  obtain  in a comparable arm's length  transaction
with a similarly situated Person not an Affiliate, and (iii)
the  prohibitions in subparts (a) and (d)  of  this  Section
6.16  on  transactions  with  Affiliates  are  modified   as
follows:  (x) the prohibitions do not apply insofar as  such
Investment or Guarantee, as the case may be, exists  on  the
date  hereof, and (y) notwithstanding the prohibitions,  the
Borrower  may  make  such  Investments  and  Guarantee  such
obligations  if  the aggregate outstanding  amount  of  such
Investments and such Guaranteed Obligations do  not  at  any
time exceed $10,000,000.

    6.17.       Insurance.   The Borrower shall,  and  shall
                ---------
cause each of its Subsidiaries to:

    (a)  keep   its   assets  which  are  of  an   insurable
         character  insured  (to the  extent  and  for  time
         periods  consistent with normal industry practices)
         by   financially   sound  and  reputable   insurers
         against  loss  or damage by fire, explosion,  theft
         or  other hazards which are included under extended
         coverage  in  amounts  sufficient  to  prevent  the
         Borrower   or  such  Subsidiary  from  becoming   a
         co-insurer,  and  in  amounts  not  less  than  the
         insurable  value  of the property insured  or  such
         lesser   amounts  as  are  consistent  with  normal
         industry  practices and the past practices  of  the
         Borrower or such Subsidiary;

                                -40-

<PAGE>


    (b)  maintain   with  financially  sound  and  reputable
         insurers,  insurance  against  other  hazards   and
         risks and liability to persons and property to  the
         extent  and in the manner customary for Persons  in
         similar   businesses   (other   than   product   or
         professional    liability   insurance);    provided
         however,  that worker's compensation  insurance  or
         similar    coverage   may   be   effected   through
         self-insurance  consistent  with  normal   industry
         practices  and the past practices of  the  Borrower
         or   such  Subsidiary  or  with  respect   to   its
         operations  in  any  particular  state   or   other
         jurisdiction through an insurance fund operated  by
         such state or jurisdiction; and

    (c)  cause    all    such   above-described    insurance
         (excluding  worker's  compensation  insurance)   to
         (i)  provide that 30 days' prior written notice  of
         suspension,        cancellation,       termination,
         modification,  non-renewal  or  lapse  or  material
         change  of  coverage shall be given to  the  Agent,
         (ii)  to  the extent the Agent shall not be  liable
         for  premiums  or  calls,  name  the  Agent  as  an
         additional insured for the benefit of the Banks.

    6.18.       Maintenance  of  Properties.   The  Borrower
                ---------------------------
shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep its
properties  which  are  material to  its  business  in  good
repair, working order and condition consistent with industry
practice, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and, from time to
time  (i)  make all necessary and proper repairs,  renewals,
replacements,   additions  and  improvements   thereto   and
(ii) comply at all times with the provisions of all Material
Contracts and all applicable Requirements of Law, so  as  to
prevent any loss or forfeiture thereof or thereunder.

    6.19.      Environmental Laws; Indemnification.
               -----------------------------------

    (a)  The  Borrower shall, and shall cause  each  of  its
         Subsidiaries to:

         (i)    promptly  notify the Agent of any  violation
                or  non-compliance with, or liability  under
                any   applicable  Environmental  Law  which,
                when  taken together with all other  pending
                violations  or  alone, could  reasonably  be
                expected  to have a material adverse  effect
                on   the  business,  prospects,  operations,
                assets, financial condition, liabilities  or
                capitalization  of  the  Borrower  or   such
                Subsidiary  and  promptly  furnish  to   the
                Agent  all  notices of any nature which  the
                Borrower  or  such  Subsidiary  may  receive
                from  any  Governmental Authority  or  other
                Person  with  respect to any  violation,  or
                potential violation or non-compliance  with,
                or  liability  or potential liability  under
                any  applicable Environmental Law which,  in
                any  case  or when taken together  with  all
                such  other  notices,  could  reasonably  be
                expected  to have a material adverse  effect
                on    the   business,   prospects,   assets,
                financial    condition,    liabilities    or
                capitalization  of  the  Borrower  or   such
                Subsidiary;

         (ii)   comply  in  all material respects with,  and
                use   its   reasonable  efforts  to   ensure
                compliance in all material respects  by  all
                tenants, subtenants and other occupants  and
                users  with,  all  applicable  Environmental
                Laws,  and obtain and comply in all material
                respects  with,  and maintain  and  use  its
                reasonable  efforts  to  ensure   that   all
                tenants, subtenants and other occupants  and
                users  obtain  and comply  in  all

                                 -41-

<PAGE>
              
                material respects with and maintain, any and
                all licenses, approvals, registrations    or
                permits      required     by      applicable
                Environmental Laws; provided, however,  that
                compliance with such requirements shall  not
                be  required  if  such compliance  is  being
                contested   in  good  faith  by  appropriate
                proceedings;

         (iii)  conduct  and  complete  all  investigations,
                studies,  sampling  and  testing,  and   all
                remedial,   removal   and   other    actions
                required  under all applicable Environmental
                Laws  and  promptly comply in  all  material
                respects   with   all  lawful   orders   and
                directives  of all Governmental Authorities;
                provided,  however,  that  compliance   with
                such  orders  or demands is not required  if
                such  compliance is being contested in  good
                faith by appropriate proceedings; and

         (iv)   the  Borrower  shall defend,  indemnify  and
                hold  harmless  each of the  Agent  and  the
                Banks  and each of their employees,  agents,
                officers, directors and Affiliates (each  of
                whom  is sometimes referred to herein as  an
                "Indemnified Party"), from and  against  any
                and  all claims, demands, penalties,  fines,
                liabilities,  settlements,  damages,   costs
                and  expenses  of whatever kind  or  nature,
                known  or  unknown, contingent or otherwise,
                arising  out  of, or in any way  related  to
                the  violation of or non-compliance  by  the
                Borrower  or  its  any of  its  Subsidiaries
                with  any applicable Environmental Laws,  or
                any  orders, requirements or demands of  any
                Governmental  Authority  relating   thereto,
                including,  without  limitation,  reasonable
                attorney's     and     consultant      fees,
                investigation  and  laboratory  fees,  court
                costs    and   litigation   expenses,    but
                excluding  therefrom  all  claims,  demands,
                penalties,  fines, liabilities, settlements,
                damages, costs and expenses arising  out  of
                or  resulting  from the gross negligence  or
                willful   misconduct  of   any   Indemnified
                Party.

    (b)  The Borrower shall not cause or permit any  of  its
Subsidiaries' properties or assets to be used  to  generate,
manufacture,   refine,  transport,  treat,  store,   handle,
dispose, transfer, produce or process Hazardous Materials or
Petroleum   Products,  in  non-compliance  with   applicable
Environmental Laws, nor release, discharge, dispose  of,  or
permit or suffer any release or disposal by any other Person
of,  Hazardous Materials or Petroleum Products onto  any  of
its  properties  or  assets in violation of  any  applicable
Environmental Law.

    6.20. Nature of Business; Limitations on Fundamental Changes.
          ------------------------------------------------------

         (a)    The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit
any of its Subsidiaries to, (i) engage in any business other
than  that  in which it is presently engaged or is  directly
related  thereto, (ii) carry on its business at any location
or  locations other than those presently in existence except
upon  30  days prior notice to the Agent, (iii)  change  its
name,  its  identity  or its structure, or  (iv)  liquidate,
wind-up or dissolve itself.

         (b)    The  Borrower shall cause substantially  all
the  operating assets owned and operations conducted by  the
Borrower  on  the date hereof to continue to  be  owned  and
conducted   directly  by  the  Borrower,  and  not   through
Subsidiaries  of  the Borrower, at all times  (except  as  a
result of assets sales permitted by Section 6.12).

                             -42-

<PAGE>

SECTION  7.      EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  If one or more  of  the
- ----------------------------------
following  events (herein called "Events of Default")  shall
                                  -----------------
occur and be continuing:

    (a)  the  Borrower  shall  fail to  pay  or  prepay  any
         principal   of   any  Loan  or  any   Reimbursement
         Obligation when due; or
    
    (b)  the  Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any
         Loan  or  Reimbursement Obligation or  any  fee  or
         other  amount  payable by it hereunder,  under  the
         Notes  or  under any of the other Credit  Documents
         within five (5) days after the date due; or

    (c)  any  representation, warranty or certification made
         or  deemed  made in this Agreement or in any  other
         Credit  Document by the Borrower or any  Subsidiary
         Guarantor, or in any certificate furnished  to  the
         Agent  or  any  Bank  pursuant  to  the  provisions
         hereof  or thereof, shall prove to have been  false
         or  misleading as of the time made or furnished  in
         any material respect; or

    (d)  the  Borrower  shall  fail  to  keep,  observe   or
         perform  (i) any of its obligations under  Sections
         6.2,  6.3(c), 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8,  6.10,  6.11
         or 6.12 of this Agreement; or

    (e)  the  Borrower  shall  fail  to  keep,  observe   or
         perform  any  of  its obligations under  any  other
         Section   of  Section  6  hereof  not  specifically
         listed  in  subsection (d) above,  or  any  of  its
         other  obligations  under this Agreement  and  such
         Default  described in this subsection (e) continues
         for  30  days (or in the case of Section 6.1,  five
         days)  following  notice of such Default  from  the
         Agent; or

    (f)  the  Borrower  or  any  of its  Subsidiaries  shall
         default  in  the payment when due of any  principal
         of  or  interest  on  any Indebtedness  aggregating
         $1,000,000  or  more, or any other event  specified
         in   any  note,  agreement,  indenture,  or   other
         document   evidencing   or   relating    to    such
         Indebtedness  shall occur, if the  effect  of  such
         event  is to cause, or to give the holder  (or  any
         agent or trustee on behalf of such holder) of  such
         Indebtedness  the right to cause, such Indebtedness
         to become due prior to its stated maturity; or

    (g)  the  Borrower  or  any  of its  Subsidiaries  shall
         admit  in writing its inability to, or be generally
         unable to, pay its debts as such debts become  due;
         or

    (h)  the  Borrower  or  any  of its  Subsidiaries  shall
         (i)   apply  for  or  consent  in  writing  to  the
         appointment of, or the taking of possession  by,  a
         receiver,  custodian,  trustee  or  liquidator   of
         itself  or  of  all or a substantial  part  of  its
         property,  (ii) make a general assignment  for  the
         benefit   of   its  creditors,  (iii)  commence   a
         voluntary  case under the Bankruptcy Code  (as  now
         or  hereafter  in  effect), (iv)  file  a  petition
         seeking   to  take  advantage  of  any  other   law
         relating       to      bankruptcy,      insolvency,
         reorganization,  winding-up,  or   composition   or
         readjustment of debts, (v) fail to controvert in  a
         timely  and  appropriate manner,  or  acquiesce  in
         writing  to, any petition filed against  it  in  an
         involuntary case under the Bankruptcy Code (as  now
         or  hereafter in effect), or (vi) take  any  action
         for  the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;
         or

                               -43-

<PAGE>

    (i)  a  proceeding  or case shall be commenced,  without
         the  application or consent of the Borrower or  any
         of  its  Subsidiaries, in any  court  of  competent
         jurisdiction,   seeking   (i)   its    liquidation,
         reorganization, dissolution or winding-up,  or  the
         composition or readjustment of its debts, (ii)  the
         appointment  of  a  trustee,  receiver,  custodian,
         liquidator  or  the like of the  Borrower  or  such
         Subsidiary  or  of all or any substantial  part  of
         its  assets, or (iii) similar relief in respect  of
         the  Borrower  or  such Subsidiary  under  any  law
         relating       to      bankruptcy,      insolvency,
         reorganization,  winding-up,  or   composition   or
         adjustment  of debts, and such proceeding  or  case
         shall  continue undismissed, or an order,  judgment
         or   decree  approving  or  ordering  any  of   the
         foregoing  shall  be entered and continue  unstayed
         and in effect, for a period of sixty (60) days; or

    (j)  an  order for relief against the Borrower or any of
         its   Subsidiaries   shall   be   entered   in   an
         involuntary case under the Bankruptcy Code (as  now
         or hereafter in effect); or
    
    (k)  a  final  judgment or judgments for the payment  of
         money  in excess of $250,000 in the aggregate shall
         be  rendered  by  a  court or  courts  against  the
         Borrower  or any of its Subsidiaries and  the  same
         shall not be discharged (or provision shall not  be
         made  for  such discharge), or a stay of  execution
         thereof  shall not be procured, within thirty  (30)
         days  from  the  date  of  entry  thereof  and  the
         Borrower or such Subsidiary shall not, within  said
         period  of thirty (30) days, or such longer  period
         during which execution of the same shall have  been
         stayed,  appeal therefrom and cause  the  execution
         thereof to be stayed during such appeal; or

    (l)  an  event or condition specified in Section  6.1(e)
         hereof  shall  occur or exist with respect  to  any
         Plan  or  Multiemployer Plan and, as  a  result  of
         such  event or condition, together with  all  other
         such  events or conditions, the Borrower or any  of
         its  ERISA Affiliates shall incur a liability to  a
         Plan,   a  Multiemployer  Plan  or  PBGC  (or   any
         combination of the foregoing), and the  same  shall
         not  be  discharged within ten (10) days after  the
         Borrower becomes aware of any such liability; or

    (m)  unless specifically released by the Agent with  the
         consent of the Majority Banks, one or more  of  the
         Security Documents shall cease to be in full  force
         and  effect, or shall cease to give the  Agent  the
         rights,  powers  and  privileges  purported  to  be
         created   thereby  and  the  same  shall   continue
         unremedied for a period of ten (10) days after  the
         Borrower becomes aware of any such Default; or

    (n)  a Change of Control occurs; or

    (o)  any  "Event of Default" as defined in any  Security
         Document shall occur.

THEREUPON: (i) in the case of an Event of Default other than
an Event of Default referred to in clause (h), (i), or (j) of
this Section 7, the Agent shall, upon request of the Majority
Banks, cancel the Commitments and/or declare the principal
amount then outstanding of, and all accrued unpaid interest
on, the Loans and all other amounts payable by the Borrower
under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents to be forthwith

                            -44-

<PAGE>

due and payable, whereupon such amounts shall be immediately
due and payable without presentment, demand, protest, notice
of protest, notice of dishonor, or other notice or formality
of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the
Borrower; and (ii) in the case of the occurrence of an Event
of Default referred to in clause (h), (i), or (j) of this
Section 7, the Commitments forthwith shall be automatically
canceled and the principal amount then outstanding of, and
all accrued unpaid interest on, the Loans and all other amounts
payable by the Borrower under this Agreement and the other
Credit Documents shall become automatically immediately due 
and payable without presentment, demand, protest, notice of
protest, notice of dishonor, or other notice or formality of
any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the
Borrower.

SECTION 8.      THE AGENT
- -------------------------
 
    8.1.Appointment,  Powers  and  Immunities.   Each   Bank
        ------------------------------------- 
hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Agent to  act
as  its agent hereunder and under the other Credit Documents
with  such powers as are specifically delegated to the Agent
by  the  terms hereof and thereof, together with such  other
powers  as  are  reasonably incidental thereto.   The  Agent
(which  term  as  used in this sentence and in  Section  8.5
hereof shall include reference to its Affiliates and its own
and  its  Affiliates'  officers,  directors,  employees  and
agents):   (a)  shall  have  no duties  or  responsibilities
except those expressly set forth in this Agreement or in any
of  the  Credit Documents, and shall not by reason  of  this
Agreement  be  a  trustee for any Bank;  (b)  shall  not  be
responsible  to  the  Banks  for any  recitals,  statements,
representations or warranties contained in this Agreement or
any  of the other documents in any certificate or any of the
other  Credit  Documents or received by any of  them  under,
this  Agreement or any of the other Documents,  or  for  the
value,  validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability
or  sufficiency of this Agreement, any Note or  any  of  the
other Credit Documents or for any failure by the Borrower or
any other Person to perform any of its obligations hereunder
or  thereunder,  or for the satisfaction  of  any  condition
precedent  specified in Section 4 hereof; (c) shall  not  be
required to initiate or conduct any litigation or collection
proceedings hereunder; and (d) shall not be responsible  for
any  action taken or omitted to be taken by it hereunder  or
under any of the other Credit Documents, except for its  own
gross  negligence  or willful misconduct.  Without  limiting
the  generality  of  the  foregoing,  the  Agent  shall   be
conclusively   entitled  to  assume  that   the   conditions
precedent  set  forth  in  Section  4.1  hereof  have   been
satisfied unless the Agent has received notice from  a  Bank
referring  to  the  relevant Section and  stating  that  the
relevant  condition  has not been satisfied  or  unless  the
certificate  furnished by the Borrower pursuant  thereto  so
indicates.   The  Agent may employ agents and  attorneys-in-
fact  and  shall  not be responsible for the  negligence  or
misconduct of any such agents or attorneys-in-fact  selected
by it in good faith.  The Agent may deem and treat the payee
of  any  Note as the holder thereof for all purposes  hereof
unless  and  until  a written notice of  the  assignment  or
transfer thereof shall have been filed with the Agent.

    8.2.Reliance by Agent.  The Agent shall be entitled to
        -----------------
rely on any certification, notice or other communication
(including any thereof by telephone, telex, telegram or cable)
believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed
or sent by or on behalf of the proper Person or Persons, and
on advice and statements of legal counsel, independent
accountants and other experts selected by the Agent.  As to
any matters not expressly provided for by this Agreement or
any of the Credit Documents, the Agent shall in all cases be
fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting,
hereunder or thereunder (as the case may be) in accordance 
with instructions signed by the Majority Banks, and such 
instructions of the Majority Banks and any action taken or
failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding on all of the
Banks.  If the Agent shall seek the consent or approval of the
Majority Banks to the taking or refraining from taking of any
action hereunder

                             -45-

<PAGE>

or under any of the Credit Documents, the Agent shall give
notice thereof to each Bank and as soon as practicable notify
each Bank at any time that the Majority Banks have instructed
the Agent to act or refrain from acting hereunder or thereunder
(as the case may be).

    8.3.Defaults.   The Agent shall not be  deemed  to  have
        --------
knowledge  of  the occurrence of a Default or  an  Event  of
Default  (other  than the non-payment  of  principal  of  or
interest  on Loans or of commitment fees) unless  the  Agent
has  received notice from a Bank or the Borrower  specifying
such  Default  or  Event of Default and  stating  that  such
notice  is  a  "Notice of Default".  In the event  that  the
Agent  receives such a notice of the occurrence of a Default
or  Event  of  Default, the Agent shall give  prompt  notice
thereof to the Banks (and shall give each Bank prompt notice
of  each such nonpayment).  The Agent shall take such action
with  respect  to such Default as shall be directed  by  the
Majority  Banks, provided that, unless and until  the  Agent
shall  have  received such directions, the  Agent  may  (but
shall not be obligated to) take such action or refrain  from
taking such action with respect to such default as it  shall
deem advisable in the best interest of the Banks.

    8.4.Rights  as  a Bank.  With respect to its  Commitment
        ------------------
and the Loans made by it, Mercantile Bank (and any successor
acting as Agent), in its capacity as a Bank hereunder, shall
have  the same rights and powers hereunder as any other Bank
and  may  exercise the same as though it were not acting  as
the  Agent, and the term "Bank" or "Banks" shall, unless the
context  otherwise  indicates,  include  the  Agent  in  its
individual  capacity.  Mercantile Bank,  and  any  successor
acting  as Agent and its Affiliates, may, without having  to
account  therefor  to any Bank, accept deposits  from,  lend
money  to and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust
or  other  business  with  the  Borrower  (and  any  of  its
Affiliates)  as  if  it were not acting as  the  Agent,  and
Mercantile Bank and its Affiliates may accept fees and other
consideration  from  the  Borrower and  its  Affiliates  for
services  in  connection  with this Agreement  or  otherwise
without having to account for the same to the Banks.

    8.5.Indemnification.  The Banks indemnify the Agent  (to
        ---------------
the  extent  not  reimbursed under Section 9.3  hereof,  but
without limiting the obligations of the Borrower under  said
Section  9.3),  ratably  in accordance  with  the  aggregate
principal amount of the Loans made by the Banks (or,  if  no
Loans  are  at  the time outstanding, ratably in  accordance
with  their  respective Commitments in effect from  time  to
time),  for  any  and all liabilities, obligations,  losses,
damages,   penalties,  actions,  judgments,  suits,   costs,
expenses  or disbursements of any kind and nature whatsoever
which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the
Agent  in  any  way  relating to  or  arising  out  of  this
Agreement  or  any  of  the other Credit  Documents  or  the
transactions   contemplated   hereby   (including,   without
limitation,  the  costs and expenses which the  Borrower  is
obligated  to  pay under Section 9.3 hereof  but  excluding,
unless  a  Default or Event of Default has occurred  and  is
continuing,   normal  administrative  costs   and   expenses
incident  to the performance of its agency duties hereunder)
or the enforcement of any of the terms hereof or of any such
other  Credit  Documents, provided that  no  Bank  shall  be
liable  for  any of the foregoing to the extent  they  arise
from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the party
to be indemnified.

    8.6.Non-Reliance  on Agent and other Banks.   Each  Bank
        --------------------------------------
agrees  that  it has, independently and without reliance  on
the Agent or any other Bank, and based on such documents and
information  as  it  has deemed appropriate,  made  its  own
credit  analysis  and  evaluation of the  Borrower  and  its
Subsidiaries  and  its  own  decision  to  enter  into  this
Agreement  and  that  it  will,  independently  and  without
reliance on the Agent or any other Bank, and based  on  such
documents  and  information as it shall deem appropriate  at
the time, continue to make its own analysis and decisions in
taking or not taking action under this Agreement.  The

                           -46-

<PAGE>
 

Agent shall not be required to keep itself informed as to the
performance  or  observance by the  Borrower  or  any  other
Person of this Agreement or any other Credit Document or  in
respect of the properties or books of the Borrower or any of
its  Subsidiaries or any other Person.  Except for  notices,
reports   and  other  documents  and  information  expressly
required  to  be  furnished  to  the  Banks  by  the   Agent
hereunder,   the   Agent  shall  not  have   any   duty   or
responsibility to provide any Bank with any credit or  other
information  concerning the affairs, financial condition  or
business  of  the  Borrower (or any of its  Subsidiaries  or
other Affiliates) which may come into the possession of  the
Agent or any of its Affiliates.

    8.7.Failure   to  Act.   Except  for  action   expressly
        -----------------
required  of the Agent hereunder or under any of the  Credit
Documents,  the Agent shall in all cases be fully  justified
in  failing  or refusing to act hereunder or thereunder  (as
the  case  may  be)  unless it shall be indemnified  to  its
satisfaction by the Banks against any and all liability  and
expense  which may be incurred by it by reason of taking  or
continuing to take any such action.

    8.8.Resignation  or Removal of Agent.   Subject  to  the
        --------------------------------
appointment and acceptance of a successor Agent as  provided
below,  the  Agent may resign at any time by  giving  notice
thereof to the Banks and the Borrower and the Agent  may  be
removed  at  any time with or without cause by the  Majority
Banks.   Upon any such resignation or removal, the  Majority
Banks shall have the right to appoint a successor Agent.  If
no  such successor Agent shall have been so appointed by the
Majority  Banks  and  shall have accepted  such  appointment
within  30 days after the retiring Agent's giving of  notice
of  resignation  or  the  Majority  Banks'  removal  of  the
retiring  Agent, then the retiring Agent may, on  behalf  of
the  Banks,  appoint a successor Agent.  Upon the acceptance
or  any appointment as Agent hereunder by a successor Agent,
such  successor Agent shall thereupon succeed to and  become
vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of
the  retiring  Agent,  and  the  retiring  Agent  shall   be
discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder.  After
any  retiring  Agent's resignation or removal  hereunder  as
Agent, the provisions of this Section 8.8 shall continue  in
effect  for its benefit in respect of any actions  taken  or
omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as the Agent.

SECTION 9.      MISCELLANEOUS
- -----------------------------

    9.1.Waiver.  No failure on the part of the Agent or  any
        ------
Bank  to exercise and no delay in exercising, and no  course
of  dealing  with respect to, any right, power or  privilege
under  this  Agreement or any of the other Credit  Documents
shall  operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single  or
partial exercise of any right, power or privilege under this
Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents preclude  any
other  or  further exercise thereof or the exercise  of  any
other  right,  power  or privilege.  The  remedies  provided
herein and in the other Credit Documents are cumulative  and
not exclusive of any remedies provided at law or in equity.

    9.2.Notices.    All  notices  and  other  communications
        -------
provided  for  herein  (including, without  limitation,  any
waivers or consents under this Agreement) shall be given  or
made by telex, telecopy, cable or otherwise in writing (each
communication given by any of such means to be deemed to  be
"in  writing"  for purposes of this Agreement) and  telexed,
telecopied,  cabled,  mailed or delivered  to  the  intended
recipient  at the "Address for Notices" specified below  its
name on the signature pages hereof, or, as to any party,  at
such other address as shall be designated by such party in a
written  notice  to  the other parties  hereto.   Except  as
otherwise   provided   in   this   Agreement,    all    such
communications shall be deemed to have been duly given  when
transmitted by telex or telecopier, delivered to  the  cable
office  or personally delivered or, in the case of a

                            -47-

<PAGE>
  
mailed notice, upon deposit with the United States Postal
Service, certified mail, return receipt requested, with
postage prepaid, in each case given or addressed as aforesaid.

    9.3.Expenses,   Indemnification,  Etc.    The   Borrower
        ---------------------------------
agrees  (a) to pay or reimburse the Agent and the  Banks  on
demand for their reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses
(including  without  limitation  the  reasonable  fees   and
expenses of counsel to the Banks, and other counsel  to  the
Agent   and   the  Banks),  in  connection  with   (i)   the
negotiation,  preparation, execution and  delivery  of  this
Agreement  and the other Credit Documents and the making  of
the  Loans  hereunder, and (ii) any amendment, modification,
waiver or extension of any of the terms of this Agreement or
any  of  the other Credit Documents, (b) to pay or reimburse
the  Agent  and  the Banks for all reasonable  out-of-pocket
costs  and  expenses of the Agent and the  Banks  (including
reasonable   counsels'  fees  and  expenses)  in  connection
with  the enforcement of this Agreement and any of the other
Credit  Documents, and all transfer, stamp,  documentary  or
other  similar taxes, assessments or charges levied  by  any
Governmental Authority in respect of this Agreement, any  of
the  Notes, or any of the other Credit Documents and (c)  to
pay  filing and recording fees relating to, and taxes, title
insurance  premiums and other charges incurred in connection
with,  perfecting,  maintaining and  protecting,  the  Liens
created  or  contemplated  to be  created  pursuant  to  the
Security  Documents.   The Borrower hereby  indemnifies  the
Agent   and   each  Bank  and  their  respective  directors,
officers, employees, agents and Affiliates (each of which is
sometimes referred to herein as an "Indemnified Party")  and
                                    -----------------
agrees to hold each Indemnified Party harmless against,  any
and  all losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions  or
other   proceedings  commenced  or  threatened  in   respect
thereof,  and  all  reasonable expenses (including  but  not
limited  to  expenses  that appear  on  any  service  charge
schedule  maintained from time to time by the Agent  or  any
Bank)  that arise out of or in any way relate to  or  result
from the making of Loans hereunder or the other transactions
contemplated  hereby,  including,  without  limitation,  any
investigation or litigation or other proceedings (whether or
not  such  Indemnified Party is a party  to  any  action  or
proceeding  out of which any of the foregoing arise),  other
than  any of the foregoing to the extent incurred by  reason
of  the  gross  negligence  or willful  misconduct  of  such
Indemnified Party or in any action in which the Borrower  is
the   prevailing  party  against  such  Indemnified   Party.
Neither  the  Agent  nor any Bank nor any other  Indemnified
Party shall be responsible or liable to the Borrower for any
consequential damages which may be alleged.

    9.4.Amendments, Etc.  This Agreement, any of  the  other
        ---------------
Credit Documents, or any provision hereof or thereof may  be
amended  only  by  an instrument in writing  signed  by  the
Borrower,  the  Agent,  and  the  Majority  Banks,  and  any
provisions of this Agreement may be waived by the Agent  and
the  Majority Banks; provided that any amendment  or  waiver
extending  the  date fixed for the payment of  principal  or
interest   on   the  Loans  or  any  fee  or   reimbursement
obligation, reducing the amount of any such payment  or  any
originating  or commitment fee, changing the  definition  of
"Revolving  Credit  Termination Date" or  "Majority  Banks,"
amending  this  Section 9.4 or Section 2.13, increasing  the
amount  of  any  Bank's  Commitment  or  releasing  all   or
substantially  all  of  the  Collateral  shall  require   an
instrument in writing signed by, or the consent of,  all  of
the Banks.

    9.5.Successors  and  Assigns.  This Agreement  shall  be
        ------------------------
binding  on  and inure to the benefit of the parties  hereto
and  their respective legal representatives, successors  and
permitted assigns.

                              -48-

<PAGE>


    9.6.Assignments and Participations.
        ------------------------------

    (a)   The   Borrower  may  not  assign  its  rights   or
obligations  hereunder  or under any  of  the  other  Credit
Documents without the prior written consent of the  Majority
Banks.   The Banks may assign all or any part of the  Loans,
the Reimbursement Obligations, the Notes or any of the other
Credit  Documents  to another financial  institution.   Upon
such   assignment,  the  assignee  shall  succeed   to   the
obligations, rights and benefits of the Bank to  the  extent
provided  in such assignment, and the Bank shall be released
to the extent of such assignment.

    (b)  The  Borrower expressly recognizes and agrees  that
the   Banks   may  sell  to  other  financial   institutions
participations  in  the  Loans  incurred  by  the   Borrower
pursuant hereto.

    (c)  The  Banks  may  furnish, from time  to  time,  any
information   concerning  the  Borrower  to  assignees   and
participants    (including   prospective    assignees    and
participants).

    9.7.Survival.   The  obligations of the  Borrower  under
        --------
Sections 3.2, 3.6 and 9.3 hereof shall survive the repayment
of  the  Loans  and  the  termination  of  the  Commitments.
Similarly,  the Bank's obligations under Section 9.18  shall
survive  the  repayment of the Loans and the termination  of
the Commitments.

    9.8.Captions.   Captions and section headings  appearing
        --------
herein are included solely for convenience of reference  and
are  not  intended  to  affect  the  interpretation  of  any
provision of this Agreement.

    9.9.Counterparts.   This Agreement may  be  executed  in
        ------------
any  number  of  counterparts, all of which  taken  together
shall constitute one and the same instrument and any of  the
parties  hereto  may execute this Agreement by  signing  any
such counterpart.

    9.10.       Survival  of  Agreements.   All  agreements,
                ------------------------
covenants, representations and warranties made herein  shall
survive  the  execution and delivery of this Agreement,  the
Notes,  the other Credit Documents, the making of the Loans,
and  any  and  all  renewals, extensions, modifications  and
rearrangements thereof.

    9.11.       Interest.   It  is  the  intention  of   the
                --------
parties  hereto  to  comply  with  applicable  usury   laws;
accordingly,   it   is   agreed  that  notwithstanding   any
provisions to the contrary in this Agreement, the Notes, the
Reimbursement  Agreements  or  any  of  the   other   Credit
Documents,   in  no  event  shall  any  such  agreement   or
instrument, require the payment or permit the collection  of
interest, as defined under applicable usury laws, in  excess
of  the maximum amount permitted by such laws.  If any  such
excess  of  interest is contracted for, charged or  received
under   this   Agreement,  the  Notes,   the   Reimbursement
Agreements or any of the other Credit Documents, or  if  the
maturity of the Loans is accelerated in whole or in part, or
in  the  event  that  all or part of  the  principal  of  or
interest on the Loans shall be prepaid, so that under any of
such  circumstances the amount of interest  contracted  for,
charged  or  received under this Agreement, the  Notes,  the
Reimbursement  Agreements  or  any  of  the   other   Credit
Documents,  on the amount of principal actually  outstanding
from  time to time under the Notes shall exceed the  maximum
amount of interest permitted by applicable usury laws,  then
in  any such event (i) the provisions of this Section  shall
govern and control, (ii) neither the Borrower nor any  other
Person  now or hereafter liable under this Agreement or  the
Credit  Documents for the payment of all or any part of  the
Loans  shall be obligated to pay the amount of such interest
to  the extent that it is in excess of

                              -49-

<PAGE>


the maximum amount of interest permitted to be contracted for
by, charged to or received from the Person obligated thereon
under applicable usury laws, (iii) any such excess which may
have been collected either shall be applied as a credit against
the then unpaid principal amount of such Loans or refunded to
the  Person  paying the same, at the Borrower's option,  and
(iv)  the  effective rate of interest shall be automatically
reduced  to  the  maximum lawful rate of interest  permitted
under applicable usury laws as now or hereafter construed by
the  courts  having  jurisdiction thereof.   It  is  further
agreed  that,  without  limitation  of  the  foregoing,  all
calculations of the rate of interest contracted for, charged
or   received   under  this  Agreement,   the   Notes,   the
Reimbursement  Agreements  or  any  of  the   other   Credit
Documents  which  are  made for the purpose  of  determining
whether  such  rate  exceeds  the  maximum  lawful  rate  of
interest   shall  be  made,  to  the  extent  permitted   by
applicable  usury laws, by amortizing, prorating, allocating
and  spreading in equal parts during the period of the  full
stated  term  of  the  Loans,  all  interest  at  any   time
contracted  for, charged or received from the  Borrower,  or
otherwise  by  any Bank in connection with the  Notes,  this
Agreement, the Reimbursement Agreements or any of the  other
Credit Documents.

    9.12.       Integration; Severability.  This  Agreement,
                -------------------------
together with all the other Credit Documents, represents the
entire agreement of the parties thereto, and supersedes  all
prior  agreements,  negotiations  and  understandings,  both
written  and  oral.   There  are  no  contemporaneous   oral
agreements or understandings of the parties hereto or to the
other  Credit Documents.  No course of dealing  between  the
parties, no course of performance, no usage of trade, and no
parol evidence of any nature shall be used to supplement  or
modify any of the terms, provisions, covenants or conditions
of  this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents.  If
any  provision of this Agreement or any of the other  Credit
Documents  shall  be held illegal or invalid  by  any  court
having  jurisdiction, the illegality or invalidity  of  such
provision  shall not affect any of the other  provisions  of
this  Agreement  or any of the other Credit Documents.   The
illegal  or  invalid  provision shall  be  modified  to  the
maximum extent possible to confer on the Agent or the  Banks
the  rights,  powers, remedies or other privileges  intended
thereby,  and such provision as modified, together with  the
remaining  provisions of this Agreement or any of the  other
Credit  Documents, shall be construed and enforced  to  such
effect  as  if the illegal or invalid provision  or  portion
thereof had not been contained herein or in any of the other
Credit Documents, to the maximum extent possible.

    9.13.       NO ORAL AGREEMENTS; FINAL WRITTEN AGREEMENT.
                ------------------------------------------- 
ORAL AGREEMENTS OR COMMITMENTS TO LOAN MONEY, EXTEND CREDIT,
OR  TO  FORBEAR FROM ENFORCING REPAYMENT OF A DEBT INCLUDING
PROMISES  TO  EXTEND OR RENEW SUCH DEBT ARE NOT ENFORCEABLE.
TO PROTECT YOU (THE BORROWER) AND US (THE AGENT, THE ISSUING
BANK AND THE BANKS) FROM MISUNDERSTANDING OR DISAPPOINTMENT,
ANY  AGREEMENTS WE REACH COVERING SUCH MATTERS ARE CONTAINED
IN  THIS  WRITING,  WHICH, TOGETHER WITH ALL  OTHER  WRITTEN
AGREEMENTS  BETWEEN  US,  IS  THE  COMPLETE  AND   EXCLUSIVE
STATEMENT  OF  THE AGREEMENT BETWEEN US, EXCEPT  AS  WE  MAY
LATER AGREE IN WRITING TO MODIFY IT.

    9.14.       Controlling  Document.   In  the  event   of
                ---------------------
actual  conflict  in  the  terms  and  provisions  of   this
Agreement,  the Notes or any of the other Credit  Documents,
the terms and provisions of this Agreement will control.

                            -50-

<PAGE>


    9.15.         JURISDICTION.    THE    BORROWER    HEREBY
                  ------------
IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY KANSAS  STATE
COURT  SITTING IN JOHNSON COUNTY, KANSAS, OR MISSOURI  STATE
COURT SITTING IN JACKSON OR CLAY COUNTY, MISSOURI, OR UNITED
STATES  FEDERAL  COURT SITTING IN KANSAS  CITY,  KANSAS,  OR
KANSAS  CITY, MISSOURI OVER ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING
OUT  OF  OR  RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE  OTHER
CREDIT DOCUMENTS, AND THE BORROWER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AGREES
THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING  MAY
BE  HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH KANSAS OR MISSOURI STATE OR
FEDERAL  COURT.   AS AN ALTERNATIVE METHOD TO  SERVICE,  THE
BORROWER ALSO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF ANY AND
ALL  PROCESS IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY THE MAILING
OF COPIES OF SUCH PROCESS TO THE BORROWER AT ITS ADDRESS SET
FORTH  BENEATH  ITS SIGNATURE HERETO.  THE  BORROWER  AGREES
THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL
BE  CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY
SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW.
THE BORROWER FURTHER WAIVES ANY OBJECTION TO VENUE IN KANSAS
OR MISSOURI AND ANY OBJECTION TO ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN
KANSAS  OR  MISSOURI ON THE BASIS OF FORUM  NON  CONVENIENS.
NOTHING IN THIS SECTION 9.15 SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT  OF  THE
AGENT OR ANY BANK TO SERVE LEGAL PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER
PERMITTED  BY  LAW OR AFFECT THE RIGHT OF THE AGENT  OR  ANY
BANK  TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST THE BORROWER
OR ITS PROPERTY IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTIONS.

    9.16.       GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AGREEMENT AND  EACH  OF
                -------------
THE   OTHER  CREDIT  DOCUMENTS  SHALL  BE  GOVERNED  BY  AND
CONSTRUED  IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH THE  LAW  OF  THE  STATE  OF
MISSOURI, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO CHOICE OF LAW OR CONFLICT
OF LAW PRINCIPLES.

    9.17.       WAIVER  OF  TRIAL  BY  JURY.   THE  BORROWER
                ---------------------------
WAIVES  TRIAL  BY  JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING,  LAWSUIT,
CROSS-CLAIM  OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR  IN  ANY  WAY
RELATING  TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENTS,  OR
THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY.

    9.18.        Confidentiality   and   Nondisclosure.   In
                 -------------------------------------
connection  with the negotiations for and administration  of
this  Agreement, the Agent and the Banks have acquired,  and
may continue to acquire, information concerning the Borrower
and its Subsidiaries (collectively, the "Protected Parties")
                                         -----------------
which  is either non-public, confidential or proprietary  in
nature.  The Agent and each of the Banks severally agrees to
treat   confidentially  such  information  and   any   other
information  that  any of the Protected  Parties,  or  their
agents,    directors,   officers,   employees    or    other
representatives,   including  attorneys,   accountants   and
consultants, furnish to it, or which it may obtain from  any
of   the   foregoing   persons,  including   any   analyses,
compilations,  studies or other documents  prepared  by  the
Agent  or  any  Bank  or any of their respective  directors,
employees,   agents  or  other  representatives,   including
attorneys,  accountants and consultants  (collectively,  the
"Representatives"), which contain or otherwise reflect  such
 --------------- 
information, whether furnished before or after the  date  of
this Agreement (collectively, the "Information").  The Agent
                                   -----------
and each of the Banks severally agrees not to use any of the
Information  for any purpose other than for the  purpose  of
evaluating, documenting and administering this

                             -51-

<PAGE>

Agreement and the other Credit Documents and the transactions
contemplated hereby and thereby, and for enforcing or exercising
any rights or remedies in connection herewith or therewith.

    The  term Information does not include Information which
(i) becomes generally available to the public other than  as
a  result of a disclosure by the Agent, any Bank or  any  of
their respective Representatives, (ii) was available to  the
Agent,  any  Bank or any of their respective Representatives
on  a non-confidential basis prior to its disclosure to  the
Agent,  any  Bank or any of their respective Representatives
by  the Borrower, any  other Protected Party or any of their
respective representatives, (iii) becomes available  to  the
Agent,  any  Bank or any of their respective Representatives
on  a  non-confidential basis from a source other  than  the
Borrower,  any  other  Protected  Party  or  any  of   their
respective  representatives, provided that such  source,  to
the  actual  knowledge  of  the Agent,  such  Bank  or  such
Representative,  as  the case may be,  is  not  bound  by  a
confidentiality  agreement with the Borrower  or  any  other
Protected Party at the time such Information is received, or
(iv)  any  Information  which any  Protected  Party  or  any
representative thereof authorizes the disclosure of, whether
orally,  in  writing  or otherwise, to the  extent  of  such
authorization.

     [the remainder of this page intentionally left blank]
    
    IN  WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
Agreement  to be duly executed as of the day and year  first
above written.


THE BORROWER:
- ------------

CERNER CORPORATION

By: /s/Marc Naughton
   --------------------
Name: Marc Naughton
     -------------------
Title: VP/CFO
      ------------------
Address for Notices:

    2800 Rock Creek Parkway
    North Kansas City, MO 64117
    Attention:  Chief Financial Officer (with a copy to the Secretary)
    Telecopier No: (816) 474-1742
    Telephone No:  (816) 221-1024

                                   -52-

<PAGE>


THE BANK(S):
- -----------

MERCANTILE BANK


By:/s/Mark Jorgenson
   ----------------------
Name: Mark Jorgenson
     --------------------
Title: SVP
      ------------------- 
Address for Notices:

    P.O. Box 419147, Mail Stop 419147
    Kansas City, Missouri 64141
    Attention:  Mark R. Jorgenson
    Telecopier No:  (913) 261-5548
    Telephone No:  (913) 261-5539

THE AGENT:                             THE ISSUING BANK:
- ---------                              ----------------

MERCANTILE BANK                        MERCANTILE BANK


By:/s/Mark Jorgenson             By:/s/Mark Jorgenson
   -----------------------          -------------------
Name: Mark Jorgenson             Name: Mark Jorgenson
     ---------------------            -----------------
Title: SVP                       Title: SVP
      ---------------------            ----------------

Address for Notices:                   Address for Notices:

    P.O. Box 419147                        P.O. Box 419147
    Kansas City, Missouri 64141            Kansas City, Missouri 64141
    Attention:  Mark R. Jorgenson          Attention:  Mark R. Jorgenson
    Telecopier No: (913) 261-5548          Telecopier No:  (913) 261-5548
    Telephone  No: (913) 261-5539          Telephone  No:  (913) 261-5539


                                  -53-

<PAGE>

                                                        EXHIBIT A


                          COMMITMENTS
                          ----------- 

Mercantile Bank                             $18,000,000

     TOTAL                                  $18,000,000



                                  -54-



                                                         EXHIBIT B

                [Form of Revolving Credit Note]


                        PROMISSORY NOTE

$________________                                    April 1, 1999
                                             Kansas City, Missouri

    FOR  VALUE  RECEIVED,  CERNER  CORPORATION,  a  Delaware
corporation  (the  "Borrower"), hereby promises  to  pay  to
__________________(the "Bank"), at__________________________
(or at such other place as may be expressly provided for  in
the Credit Agreement referred to below) the principal sum of
______________Dollars ($_________)(or such lesser amount as 
shall equal the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the 
Revolving Credit Loans made by the Bank to the Borrower under
the Credit Agreement), in lawful money of the United States of
America and in immediately available funds, on the Revolving
Credit  Termination Date, and to pay interest on the  unpaid
principal amount of each such Revolving Credit Loan, at such
office (or such other place as aforesaid), in like money and
funds,  for  the  period commencing  on  the  date  of  such
Revolving Credit Loan until such Revolving Credit Loan shall
be  paid  in full, at the rates per annum and on  the  dates
provided in the Credit Agreement.

    The  amount  and type of, the rate of interest  on,  and
the  duration  of each Interest Period for,  each  Revolving
Credit  Loan  made  by the Bank to the  Borrower  under  the
Credit  Agreement, the date such Revolving  Credit  Loan  is
made or Continued or Converted from a Loan of one type to  a
Loan  of  the other type, and the amount of each payment  or
prepayment  made on account of the principal thereof,  shall
be  recorded by the Bank on its books and records, and  such
records  shall be prima facie evidence of the existence  and
                  ----- -----
amounts  of  the obligations of the Borrower to  which  such
entries  relate; provided that any failure by  the  Bank  to
make any such record shall not affect the obligations of the
Borrower under this Note.

    This  Note is one of the Revolving Credit Notes referred
to  in  the  Credit Agreement (as the same may  be  amended,
modified,  supplemented or replaced from time to  time,  the
"Credit  Agreement") dated as of April 1,  1999,  among  the
 -----------------
Borrower,  the  Banks  named therein (including  the  Bank),
Mercantile  Bank, as Agent, and Mercantile Bank, as  Issuing
Bank, and evidences Revolving Credit Loans made by the  Bank
under    its   Revolving   Credit   Commitment   thereunder.
Capitalized  terms  used in this Note  have  the  respective
meanings assigned to them in the Credit Agreement.

    The  Credit  Agreement (the terms of  which  are  hereby
incorporated by reference) provides for the acceleration  of
the  maturity  of this Note upon the occurrence  of  certain
events  and  for prepayments of Revolving Credit Loans  upon
the terms and conditions specified therein.

    The  Borrower  and any and all sureties, guarantors  and
endorsers  of  this  Note  and  all  other  parties  now  or
hereafter  liable  hereon, severally  waive  grace,  demand,
presentment  for  payment,  protest,  notice  of  any   kind
(including,  but not limited to, notice of dishonor,  notice
of  protest, notice of intention to accelerate and notice

                             -55-

<PAGE>

of acceleration) and diligence in collecting and bringing 
suit against any party hereto, and agree (a) to all extensions
and  partial  payments, with or without  notice,  before  or
after maturity, (b) to any substitution, exchange or release
of any security now or hereafter given for this Note, (c) to
the  release  of  any party primarily or secondarily  liable
hereon, and (d) that it will not be necessary for the  Bank,
in order to enforce payment of this Note, to first institute
or  exhaust the Bank's remedies against the Borrower or  any
other party liable therefor or against any security for this
Note.

    THIS  NOTE  SHALL  BE  GOVERNED  BY,  AND  CONSTRUED  IN
ACCORDANCE  WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF MISSOURI,  WITHOUT
GIVING   EFFECT  TO  CHOICE  OF  LAW  OR  CONFLICT  OF   LAW
PRINCIPLES.

                                  CERNER CORPORATION

    
                                  By:______________________

                                  Name:____________________

                                  Title:___________________



                              -56-

<PAGE>

                                                        EXHIBIT C


           [FORM OF NOTICE OF BORROWING, TERMINATION,
      CONVERSIONS, CONTINUATIONS, OR PREPAYMENTS OF LOANS]

                     NOTICE OF [BORROWING]
                     ---------------------

    This  Notice  of  [Borrowing] is submitted  pursuant  to
Section  2.15 of the Credit Agreement dated as of  April  1,
1999   (the   "Credit  Agreement"),  by  and  among   CERNER
               -----------------
CORPORATION,   a  Delaware  corporation  (the   "Borrower");
                                                 --------
MERCANTILE  BANK,  a  Kansas banking corporation,  and  each
other lender, if any, from time to time identified as having
a  Commitment on Exhibit A thereto  and who becomes a  party
thereto  (each  a "Bank" and, collectively (whether  one  or
                   ----
more),  the  "Banks");  MERCANTILE BANK,  a  Kansas  banking
              -----
corporation,  as the issuing bank of letters of  credit  (in
such  capacity, the "Issuing Bank"), and MERCANTILE BANK,  a
                     ------------
Kansas banking corporation, as agent hereunder for the Banks
(in  such  capacity,  together with its successors  in  such
capacity, the "Agent").
               -----

    Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms  used
in  the  Credit Agreement are used herein as defined in  the
Credit Agreement.

    [1.  The  Borrower  hereby requests the  Banks  to  make
available  to  the Borrower Revolving Credit  Loans  in  the
aggregate amount set forth below, pursuant to the terms  and
conditions of the Credit Agreement, as follows:

         (a)    Aggregate amount of Revolving Credit Loans
                requested                                     $_______________

         (b)   Type of Loans (Corporate Base Rate Loan or
               Eurodollar Loan)                                _______________

         (c)   Borrowing Date                                  _______________

         (d)   Interest Period                                 _______________

         (e)   The Loan proceeds should be deposited in the
                following account(s):                          _______________
         
         (f)   (If applicable) Loan proceeds are to be
               withdrawn from the above-referenced account(s)
               and wire transferred as follows:]               _______________

                                   -57-

<PAGE>

    2.   All  representations  and warranties  made  by  the
Borrower  in  the  Credit Agreement (except those  regarding
Subsidiaries  and Material Contracts made at  Sections  5.12
and  5.14 thereof that are identified as being made  "as  of
the  date hereof," and which were true as of the date of the
Credit  Agreement) or in any of the other Credit  Documents,
or  in  any certificate or statement furnished in connection
with  the  Loans or otherwise, are true and correct  in  all
material respects as if made on and as of the date hereof.

    3.   No Default or Event of Default has occurred and  is
continuing.

    4.   All  conditions precedent set forth in Section  4.1
of the Credit Agreement have been satisfied.

    This Notice of [Borrowing] is submitted as of ___________
a.m.  Kansas City time  on  __________________, _____.


                             CERNER CORPORATION


                             By:___________________________
                             
                             Name:________________________
                             
                             Title:_________________________



                                 -58-

<PAGE>

                                                        EXHIBIT D

                           [FORM OF]
           BORROWING BASE AND COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
           CALCULATIONS FOR QUARTER ENDED _________.

    THIS  CERTIFICATE is furnished pursuant to  Section  6.1
of  the  Credit  Agreement dated as of April  1,  1999  (the
"Credit  Agreement")  by and between CERNER  CORPORATION,  a
Delaware  corporation (the "Borrower"); MERCANTILE  BANK,  a
Kansas  banking corporation, and each other lender, if  any,
from  time  to  time identified as having  a  Commitment  on
Exhibit  A thereto and who becomes a party thereto  (each  a
"Bank"   and,  collectively  (whether  one  or  more),   the
"Banks"); MERCANTILE BANK, a Kansas banking corporation,  as
the issuing bank of letters of credit (in such capacity, the
"Issuing  Bank");  and  MERCANTILE BANK,  a  Kansas  banking
corporation,  as  agent hereunder for  the  Banks  (in  such
capacity, together with its successors in such capacity, the
"Agent").

    The    undersigned,_________________________, hereby
certifies  that  the undersigned is the duly elected  [chief
financial  officer] of the Borrower and, as  such,  is  duly
authorized to execute and deliver this certificate on behalf
of the Borrower, and that:

    1.   The  Borrowing Base, financial covenant  compliance
calculations,  and calculations relating to  the  Applicable
Margin  (or the Replacement Applicable Margin, as  the  case
may  be)  for the Borrower at the quarter ended as indicated
above, are as follows:

A.  BORROWING BASE
    --------------

    1.  Aggregate amount due under all Receivables               $____________
         
    2.   Less Receivables:

         (a)    with respect to which an invoice or bill
                has not been issued or any amount due
                remains unpaid more than 150 days
                after invoice date                       $____________

         (b)   from any obligor as to whom more
                than 25% of the aggregate amount
                due under all receivables owing from
                such obligor remains unpaid for that
                same period                              $_____________

         (c)   from an obligor who is insolvent
                or bankrupt                              $_____________


                               -59-

<PAGE>

         (d)   due from suppliers of Inventory,
               to the extent the Borrower or its
               Subsidiaries are indebted thereto         $_____________
         
         (e)   not included in (a) through (d) above
               that are due to Foreign Subsidiaries      $_____________

         (f)   which otherwise do not meet the
               definition of "Eligible Receivables"      $_____________

         (g)   sum of lines 2(a) through (f)             $____________

    3.  Line 1 minus line 2 (g)                                  $____________
                     
    4.  75% of the Aggregate Amount Due under Eligible
        Receivables (75% of line A3 above)                       $____________

    5.  50% of Book Value of Eligible Equipment at_________      $____________

    6.  50% of Aggregate Cost or Market Value (whichever
        is less) of Eligible Inventory                           $____________

    7.   Borrowing Base at __________ (the sum of line A4,
         line A5, and line A6 above)                             $____________


B.  CURRENT RATIO
    -------------

    1.  Current Assets                                            ____________
    2.  Current Liabilities                                       ____________
    3.  Line B1 divided by line B2                                ____________
    4.  Line B3 cannot be less than:                                  2.0:1
                                                                  ------------

C.  MINIMUM TANGIBLE NET WORTH
    --------------------------

    1.  Total Shareholders' Equity                                ____________
    2.  Goodwill and other intangible items                       ____________
    3.  Tangible Net Worth (Line C1 less line C2)                 ____________
    4.  Cumulative Consolidated Net Income since 1/2/99           ____________

                                 -60-

<PAGE>

    5.  Line C4 times 50%                                         ____________
    6.  Line C5 plus $200 million                                 ____________
    7.  Line C3 less line C6 must be greater than                      $0
                                                                  ------------

D.  FUNDED DEBT RATIO
    -----------------
 
    1.  Total Indebtedness for borrowed money                     ____________
    2.  Total Capitalized Lease Obligations                       ____________
    3.  Outstanding letters of credit                             ____________
    4.  Outstanding guarantees and other Indebtedness             ____________
    5.  Sum of lines D1 through D4 (Funded Debt)                  ____________
    6.  Tangible Net Worth (per C3 above)                         ____________
    7.  (Total Capitalization) Sum of line D5 plus D6)            ____________
    8.  Ratio of line D5 to line D7, expressed as a
        percentage                                                ____________
    9.  Line D8 cannot exceed                                          60%
                                                                  ------------

E.  FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE RATIO
    ---------------------------

    1.  Consolidated Net Income for the past 12 months            ____________
    2.  Interest Expense for the past 12 months                   ____________
    3.  Income taxes (federal, state and local for the past
        12 months                                                 ____________
    4.  Depreciation and amortization for the past 12
        months                                                    ____________
    5.  Other non-cash, non-operating expenses (which had
        the effect of reducing net income) and, to the
        extent not included in the above,  miscellaneous
        expenses from nonoperating transactions which do
        not relate to any extraordinary items for such period     _____________
    6.  Extraordinary losses for the past 12 months               ____________
    7.  Sum of lines E1 through lines E6                          ____________
    8.  Miscellaneous income from non-operating non-extraordinary
        transactions for the past 12 months                       ____________
    9.  Extraordinary profits for the past 12 months              ____________
    10. Sum of lines E8 and E9                                    ____________
    11. Line E7 minus line E10 (EBITDA)                           ____________
    12. Capital Expenditures for the past 12 months (other
        than research and software development costs included
        in such Capital Expenditures)                             ____________
    13. Research and software development costs included in
        Capital Expenditures for the past 12 months               ____________
    13A.Rental expense on operating and other long-term
        lease obligations as of the end of the 12 month period    ____________
    14. Sum of line E11 and line E13A minus sum of line E12
        and line E13                                              ____________
    15. Principal payments required to be made  during  the
        past twelve months relative to Indebtedness other than
        Revolving Credit Loans                                    ____________

                                 -61-

<PAGE>
    

    16. Revolver outstanding as of the end of the 12-month
        period:
        a. Loans                     ______________
        b. Letters of Credit         ______________
        c. Total (lines E16a + E16b) ______________
    17. 20% of Line E16c                                          ____________
    18. Rental expense on operating and other long-term
        lease obligations as of the end of the 12 month period    ____________
    19. Interest expense for the past 12 months (Annualized
        post closing interest expense for the 11 months 
        following closing; and trailing 12 month interest
        expense thereafter)                                       ____________
    20. Sum of line E15 + line E17 +line E18 + line E19
        (Fixed Charges)                                           ____________
    21. Ratio of line E14 to line E20 (Fixed Charge
        Coverage Ratio)                                           ____________
    22. Line E21 shall not be less than                              1.75:1
                                                                  ------------

F.  Tangible Net Worth Ratio

    1.  Total liabilities of the Borrower and its subsidiaries at
        [last day of most recently completed fiscal quarter]      ____________

    2.  Tangible Net Worth of the Borrower and it Subsidiaries
        at ___________________                                    ____________

    3.  Ratio of line F1 to line F2.                              ____________

    2.  The financial statements described in Section
6.1(a)  of  the  Credit Agreement for the Borrower  and  its
Subsidiaries  as  of the month ended __________,  which  are
attached  hereto  and  are  incorporated  herein   by   this
reference,   fairly   present  the  consolidated   financial
condition  and  results of operations  of  the  Borrower  in
accordance with GAAP consistently applied, as at the end of,
and  for,  such  period  (subject to normal  year-end  audit
adjustments and to the absence of footnote disclosures).

    3.   A review of the activities of the Borrower and  its
Subsidiaries during the period since [the date of  the  last
Borrowing Base and Compliance Certificate] has been made  at
my  direction  and  under  my supervision  with  a  view  to
determining  whether the Borrower and its Subsidiaries  have
kept,  observed  and/or performed all  of  their  respective
obligations under the Credit Agreement and all other  Credit
Documents to which any of them are parties, and to the  best
of my knowledge after due inquiry and investigation, (i) the
Borrower  and  each of its Subsidiaries have kept,  observed
and/or  performed all of their respective obligations  under
the Credit Agreement and all other Credit Documents to which
they  are  parties, (ii) no Default or Event of Default  has
occurred  and  is  continuing, and (iii) all representations
and warranties made by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries  in
the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents to which
they  are  parties,  are true and correct  in  all  material
respects  as  of__________________ (except  those  regarding
Subsidiaries and Material Contracts made at Section 5.12 and
5.14 of the Credit Agreement that are identified as being
made "as of the date

                              -62-

<PAGE>

hereof," in which case such representations and warranties
are true and correct in all material respects as of such
earlier date).

    4.  The Banks may rely on this certificate.

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed  this
certificate on behalf of the Borrower on___________,______.


                                       
                                       ____________________,
                                       the_________________
                                       of Cerner Corporation

                          SCHEDULE 1.1
 
                          EXISTING LIENS



                          SCHEDULE 5.2

                     CONTINGENT LIABILITIES



                          SCHEDULE 5.3

                           LITIGATION

                          SCHEDULE 5.8

                             TAXES


                         SCHEDULE 5.11

                     ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

                         SCHEDULE 5.12

                     EXISTING SUBSIDIARIES


                         SCHEDULE 5.14

                  EXISTING MATERIAL CONTRACTS


                         SCHEDULE 6.14

                      EXISTING INVESTMENTS

                                  63

<PAGE>
_______________________________


                                                     Exhibit 10(i)

              Cerner Performance Plans for 1998
              
CPP Overview
- ------------

Cerner continues to grow at a phenomenal rate.  The growth
of our associate population has mirrored the growth of our
client base and diversification of our solution set.
Clearly, our greatest people needs remain in two areas: 1)
consulting professionals who implement our solutions and
tailor them to drive benefits for our clients, and 2)
architects, engineers, and functional experts who build and
support what have proven to be the industry leading
solutions for all facets of health care.  Additionally, we
continue to seek talented associates for most areas of our
business as we grow and improve our operations.

In 1998, we responded to very competitive talent markets in
a number of ways.  Two key responses affected Cerner
Performance Plans.  First, for most non-executive roles, we
shifted from a highly complex variable pay model to a more
competitive base-only compensation model.  Coupled with more
robust associate performance feedback and more integrated
knowledge sharing and skills development, we have improved
retention in a number of key associate groups, and
maintained our strong performance/pay link.  Second, for
senior executives, we reinforced Cerner Performance Plans by
including plans that reward intermediate-term performance.
The new plans reward delivering on 3-year EPS targets, and
creating shareholder value.  We believe these plans will add
a critical link to existing plans which reward attainment of
quarterly and annual performance metrics, and a stock option
program designed to drive performance over the very long-
term (10 year).   These changes were fully implemented by
July 1, 1998.

Currently, approximately 25% of all associates participate
in Cerner Performance Plans.  Generally, sales associates
participate in marketing incentives that comprise the
majority of their total compensation.  Senior consultants
and leaders with P&L responsibility participate in
performance plans that comprise 20 - 25% of their total
compensation.  Executives participate in performance plans
that comprise 30 - 50% of their total compensation,
depending on the nature and scope of their responsibility.

CPP Plans
- ---------

The first structure in the design of CPP is the plan.  Plans
are defined by role or team, and reflect the key
responsibilities for an associate.  Even though every Cerner
associate "wears multiple hats" or plays multiple roles
through the course of a year, most associates participate in
only one plan.  Some executives, however, participate in
multiple plans reflecting overlapping "performance terms"
(quarterly, annual, and intermediate-term) to drive balanced
corporate performance.  The potential incentive for an
associate is called a Target Bonus Level (TBL).

There are three types of plans:

Annual CPP -- All associates participating in Cerner
Performance Plans participate in an Annual CPP plan.
Several types of metrics may be used to calculate
performance and plan payout.

The most common metric is a rewardable event metric, and is
typically a quarterly, cumulative year-to-date target for
business unit bookings, or operating earnings.  We calculate
and make quarterly rewardable events payments to reinforce
consistent performance in support of annual corporate
earnings targets.  Year-end payments of rewardable events
are adjusted by a factor which reflects the associate's
performance.  This Annual Performance Evaluation factor
(APE) is used to reflect and reward success on not only the
"what" dimension of performance, but also the "how."  We
believe this is an important factor because Cerner's long-
term success will be highly correlated to "how" (developing
associate capabilities, sharing knowledge, building
effective teams, supporting other business units, etc.)
results are delivered now.  The APE factor can adjust
payments downward by more than 50%, or upward by 30%.

                                1

<PAGE>

For sales associates, marketing incentives are paid on the
basis of percent of quota, or sales commission.  These plans
reward performance within a specified geographical region
and/or product set.

EPS Incentive Plan -- A limited number of senior executives
participate in this plan which is intended to drive
consistent three-year EPS growth.  Payments are calculated
annually, based on attainment of EPS targets set over the
previous three years.  The design of this plan reinforces
sustained earnings growth over a longer planning horizon
than Annual CPP and rewards profitable investments.

Shareholder Value Plan -- A limited number of senior
executives participate in this plan which is intended to
drive sustained stock price growth.  Using stock options to
structure this plan, it is technically not a cash
compensation program.  However, it is a key component of
Cerner's performance-based compensation for senior
executives.  These options cliff vest in 6 years.  Vesting
can be accelerated, however, by attaining a specified stock
price.  Each year the "vesting" stock price is increased to
reflect shareholder expectations and business model growth
targets.  These stock options, in addition to the core
option grant programs, are designed to create a high degree
of alignment between shareholder and management goals.

CPP Eligibility and Payments
- ----------------------------

CPP plans are administered on quarterly cycles, which are
aligned with the quarters in the financial year.
Eligibility and payments are made on this basis.

Eligibility

Eligibility for a plan is based on the role of the
associate, and executive approval.  Participants will be
eligible for participation in the first full plan quarter
following employment (or transfer into a role).  If an
associate starts during the first 15 working days of a
quarter, he/she may be approved to participate in the plan
for that quarter; however, sales associates will receive 50%
of the payout for the agreement margings attained that
quarter, and full payout for following quarters.

If an associate's participation in a Cerner Performance Plan
is terminated due to termination of employment or transfer
to a non-CPP role, the associate will be entitled to payment
for any earned but not yet paid amounts.  Payments are
earned only for completed quarters; i.e., if participation
is terminated in the middle of a quarter, no incentive will
be paid for that quarter.

If an associate transfers from one CPP-based role to
another, participation in the previous plan will be "closed
out" per normal end-of-quarter processing under the
provisions of the previous plan.  Participation in the new
plan will be effective as of the beginning of the following
quarter.  Whenever possible, such transfers should be
coordinated to be effective as of the beginning of a quarter
to avoid partial quarter issues.

Payment Cycles

Rewardable event incentives will be calculated and paid
quarterly.  Payments will be made by the 15th of the second
month succeeding quarter.

Marketing Incentives will be calculated and paid quarterly,
by the end of the month following quarter-end.  Incentives
are earned only upon completion of certain contracting and
payment requirements.  As these requirements are met,
marketing incentive payments are made on a monthly basis.

                              2

<PAGE>

                      1998 CPP Metrics
<TABLE>

Neal L. Patterson
TBL:  $187,500

<CAPTION>

Rewardable Event    Weighting      Cycle
- ----------------    ---------      -----

<S>                  <C>           <C>
Corporate EPS        100%          Q

</TABLE>

<TABLE>

Clifford W. Illig
TBL:  $155,000

<CAPTION>

Rewardable Event    Weighting      Cycle
- ----------------    ---------      -----    

<S>                   <C>          <C> 
Corporate EPS         100%         Q

</TABLE>

<TABLE>

Glenn P. Tobin
TBL:  $34,478

<CAPTION>

Rewardable Event    Weighting      Cycle
- ----------------    ---------      -----
<S>                  <C>           <C>
Corporate EPS        100%          Q

</TABLE>

<TABLE>

Jack A. Newman, Jr.
TBL:  $182,500

<CAPTION>

Rewardable Event                  Weighting      Cycle
- ----------------                  ---------      -----
<S>                                <C>            <C>
NAFTA Bookings                     50%            Q
Licensed Sales Operating Margin    30%            Q
Corporate EPS                      20%            Q

</TABLE>

<TABLE>

Paul M. Black
TBL:  $215,000

<CAPTION>

Rewardable Event                 Weighting  Cycle
- ----------------                 ---------  -----
<S>                                 <C>       <C>
Area Bookings                       50%       Q
Licensed Sales Operating Margin     30%       Q
Quarterly Corporate EPS             20%       Q

</TABLE>

<TABLE>

Robert C. Dieterle
TBL:  $162,500

<CAPTION>

Rewardable Event         Weighting   Cycle
- ----------------         ---------   -----
<S>                      <C>          <C>
Corporate EPS            70%          Q
Annual EPS               30%          A

</TABLE>

                                    3

<PAGE>


<TABLE>

Alan D. Dietrich
TBL:  $186,250

<CAPTION>

Rewardable Event                Weighting   Cycle
- ----------------                ---------   -----
<S>                                <C>       <C>
NAFTA Bookings                     50%       Q
Licensed Sales Operating Margin    30%       Q
Corporate EPS Growth               20%       Q

</TABLE>

<TABLE>

Stephen M. Goodrich
TBL:  $81,250

<CAPTION>

Rewardable Event                  Weighting  Cycle
- ----------------                  ---------  -----
<S>                                 <C>       <C>   
Client Services Operating Margin    70%       Q
Corporate EPS                       30%       Q

</TABLE>

<TABLE>

Douglas M. Krebs
TBL:  $203,750

<CAPTION>

Rewardable Event                Weighting   Cycle
- ----------------                ---------   -----
<S>                                <C>       <C>
Area Bookings                      50%       Q
Licensed Sales Operating Margin    30%       Q
Quarterly Corporate EPS            20%       Q

</TABLE>

<TABLE>

Marvin G. Pember
TBL:  $50,000

<CAPTION>

Rewardable Event         Weighting   Cycle
- ----------------         ---------   -----
<S>                        <C>         <C>
Corporate EPS              70%         Q
Annual EPS                 30%         Q

</TABLE>

<TABLE>

Marc G. Naughton
TBL: $62,500

<CAPTION>

Rewardable Event           Weighting   Cycle
- ----------------           ---------   -----
<S>                           <C>       <C>
Corporate EPS                 50%       Q
Annual EPS                    25%       A
Days Sales Outstanding        25%       Q

</TABLE>

<TABLE>

Stanley M. Sword
TBL:  $25,000

<CAPTION>

Rewardable Event         Weighting   Cycle
- ----------------         ---------   -----
<S>                         <C>       <C>
Corporate EPS               70%       Q
Annual EPS                  30%       A

</TABLE>


                                  4

<PAGE>

<TABLE>

Jeffrey A. Townsend
TBL:  $88,250

<CAPTION>

Rewardable Event         Weighting  Cycle
- ----------------         ---------  -----
<S>                         <C>       <C>
NAFTA Bookings              70%       Q
Corporate EPS               30%       Q
</TABLE>

Target Bonus Level (TBL) represents the amount payable if
the target is achieved.  If the target is exceeded
additional amounts can be paid.



                                5

<PAGE>


                                                     Exhibit 10(j)


              Cerner Performance Plans for 1999

CPP Overview
- ------------

Cerner continues to grow at a phenomenal rate.  The growth
of our associate population has mirrored the growth of our
client base and diversification of our solution set.
Clearly, our greatest people needs remain in two areas: 1)
consulting professionals who implement our solutions and
tailor them to drive benefits for our clients, and 2)
architects, engineers, and functional experts who build and
support what have proven to be the industry leading
solutions for all facets of health care.  Additionally, we
continue to seek talented associates for most areas of our
business as we grow and improve our operations.

In 1999, we responded to very competitive talent markets in
a number of ways.  Two key responses affected Cerner
Performance Plans.  First, for most non-executive roles, we
shifted from a highly complex variable pay model to a more
competitive base-only compensation model.  Coupled with more
robust associate performance feedback and more integrated
knowledge sharing and skills development, we have improved
retention in a number of key associate groups, and
maintained our strong performance/pay link.  Second, for
senior executives, we reinforced Cerner Performance Plans by
including plans that reward intermediate-term performance.
The new plans reward delivering on 3-year EPS targets, and
creating shareholder value.  We believe these plans will add
a critical link to existing plans which reward attainment of
quarterly and annual performance metrics, and a stock option
program designed to drive performance over the very long-
term (10 year).

Currently, approximately 25% of all associates participate
in Cerner Performance Plans.  Generally, sales associates
participate in marketing incentives that comprise the
majority of their total compensation.  Senior consultants
and leaders with P&L responsibility participate in
performance plans that comprise 20 - 25% of their total
compensation.  Executives participate in performance plans
that comprise 30 - 50% of their total compensation,
depending on the nature and scope of their responsibility.

CPP Plans
- ---------

The first structure in the design of CPP is the plan.  Plans
are defined by role or team, and reflect the key
responsibilities for an associate.  Even though every Cerner
associate "wears multiple hats" or plays multiple roles
through the course of a year, most associates participate in
only one plan.  Some executives, however, participate in
multiple plans reflecting overlapping "performance terms"
(quarterly, annual, and intermediate-term) to drive balanced
corporate performance.  The potential incentive for an
associate is called a Target Bonus Level (TBL).

There are three types of plans:

Annual CPP -- All associates participating in Cerner
Performance Plans participate in an Annual CPP plan.
Several types of metrics may be used to calculate
performance and plan payout.

The most common metric is a rewardable event metric, and is
typically a quarterly, cumulative year-to-date target for
business unit bookings, or operating earnings.  We calculate
and make quarterly rewardable events payments to reinforce
consistent performance in support of annual corporate
earnings targets.  Year-end payments of rewardable events
are adjusted by a factor which reflects the associate's
performance.  This Annual Performance Evaluation factor
(APE) is used to reflect and reward success on not only the
"what" dimension of performance, but also the "how."  We
believe this is an important factor because Cerner's long-
term success will be highly correlated to "how" (developing
associate capabilities, sharing knowledge, building
effective teams, supporting other business units, etc.)
results are delivered now.  The APE factor can adjust
payments downward by more than 50%, or upward by 30%.

                             1

<PAGE>

For sales associates, marketing incentives are paid on the
basis of percent of quota, or sales commission.  These plans
reward performance within a specified geographical region
and/or product set.

EPS Incentive Plan -- A limited number of senior executives
participate in this plan which is intended to drive
consistent three-year EPS growth.  Payments are calculated
annually, based on attainment of EPS targets set over the
previous three years.  The design of this plan reinforces
sustained earnings growth over a longer planning horizon
than Annual CPP and rewards profitable investments.

Shareholder Value Plan -- A limited number of senior
executives participate in this plan which is intended to
drive sustained stock price growth.  Using stock options to
structure this plan, it is technically not a cash
compensation program.  However, it is a key component of
Cerner's performance-based compensation for senior
executives.  These options cliff vest in 6 years.  Vesting
can be accelerated, however, by attaining a specified stock
price.  Each year the "vesting" stock price is increased to
reflect shareholder expectations and business model growth
targets.  These stock options, in addition to the core
option grant programs, are designed to create a high degree
of alignment between shareholder and management goals.

CPP Eligibility and Payments
- ----------------------------

CPP plans are administered on quarterly cycles, which are
aligned with the quarters in the financial year.
Eligibility and payments are made on this basis.

Eligibility

Eligibility for a plan is based on the role of the
associate, and executive approval.  Participants will be
eligible for participation in the first full plan quarter
following employment (or transfer into a role).  If an
associate starts during the first 15 working days of a
quarter, he/she may be approved to participate in the plan
for that quarter; however, sales associates will receive 50%
of the payout for the agreement margings attained that
quarter, and full payout for following quarters.

If an associate's participation in a Cerner Performance Plan
is terminated due to termination of employment or transfer
to a non-CPP role, the associate will be entitled to payment
for any earned but not yet paid amounts.  Payments are
earned only for completed quarters; i.e., if participation
is terminated in the middle of a quarter, no incentive will
be paid for that quarter.

If an associate transfers from one CPP-based role to
another, participation in the previous plan will be "closed
out" per normal end-of-quarter processing under the
provisions of the previous plan.  Participation in the new
plan will be effective as of the beginning of the following
quarter.  Whenever possible, such transfers should be
coordinated to be effective as of the beginning of a quarter
to avoid partial quarter issues.

Payment Cycles
- --------------

Rewardable event incentives will be calculated and paid
quarterly.  Payments will be made by the 15th of the second
month succeeding quarter.

Marketing Incentives will be calculated and paid quarterly,
by the end of the month following quarter-end.  Incentives
are earned only upon completion of certain contracting and
payment requirements.  As these requirements are met,
marketing incentive payments are made on a monthly basis.

                              2

<PAGE>

                      1999 CPP Metrics

<TABLE>
Neal L. Patterson
TBL:  $175,000

<CAPTION>

Rewardable Event        Weighting   Cycle
- ----------------        ---------   -----
<S>                        <C>        <C>
Corporate EPS              100%       Q

</TABLE>

<TABLE>

Clifford W. Illig
TBL:  $35,000

<CAPTION>

Rewardable Event        Weighting   Cycle
- ----------------        ---------   -----
<S>                        <C>        <C>
Corporate EPS              100%       Q

</TABLE>

<TABLE>

Glenn P. Tobin
TBL:  $50,000

<CAPTION>

Rewardable Event        Weighting   Cycle
- ----------------        ---------   -----
<S>                        <C>        <C>
Corporate EPS              100%       Q

</TABLE>

<TABLE>

Jack A. Newman, Jr.
TBL:  $235,000

<CAPTION>

Rewardable Event                Weighting   Cycle
- ----------------                ---------   -----
<S>                                <C>       <C>
Alignment Bookings                 50%       Q
Licensed Sales Operating Margin    20%       Q
Corporate EPS                      30%       Q

</TABLE>

<TABLE>

Thomas C. Tinstman, M.D.
TBL:  $75,000

<CAPTION>

Rewardable Event           Weighting   Cycle
- ----------------           ---------   -----
<S>                           <C>        <C>
Corporate EPS                 100%       Q

</TABLE>

<TABLE>

Paul M. Black
TBL:  $223,750

<CAPTION>

Rewardable Event                Weighting  Cycle
- ----------------                ---------  -----
<S>                                <C>       <C>
NAFTA Bookings                     40%       Q
Region Bookings                    20%       Q
Licensed Sales Operating Margin    20%       Q
Corporate EPS                      20%       Q

</TABLE>

                                3

<PAGE>

<TABLE>

Robert C. Dieterle
TBL:  $178,750

<CAPTION>

Rewardable Event                                   Weighting    Cycle
- ----------------                                   ---------    -----
<S>                                                   <C>         <C>
Goals                                                 40%         Q
Corporate EPS                                         20%         Q
Health Service/Health Venture Operarting Earnings     20%         Q
Health Service/Health Venture Operarting Earnings     20%         Q

</TABLE>

<TABLE>

Alan D. Dietrich
TBL:  $190,000

<CAPTION>

Rewardable Event           Weighting  Cycle
- ----------------           ---------  -----
<S>                           <C>       <C>
Alignment Bookings            40%       Q
NAFTA/Intl Bookings           30%       Q
Corporate EPS                 30%       Q

</TABLE>

<TABLE>

Stephen M. Goodrich
TBL:  $82,500

<CAPTION>

Rewardable Event                  Weighting   Cycle
- ----------------                  ---------   -----
<S>                                  <C>        <C>
Client Services Operating Margin     45%        Q
Classic Migrations                   35%        Q
Corporate EPS                        20%        Q

</TABLE>

<TABLE>

Douglas M. Krebs
TBL:  $208,750

<CAPTION>

Rewardable Event                Weighting   Cycle
- ----------------                ---------   -----
<S>                                <C>        <C>
NAFTA/Intl Bookings                30%        Q
Region Bookings                    30%        Q
Licensed Sales Operating Margin    20%        Q
Corporate EPS                      20%        Q

</TABLE>

<TABLE>

Marvin G. Pember
TBL:  $100,000

<CAPTION>

Rewardable Event                       Weighting   Cycle
- ----------------                       ---------   -----
<S>                                       <C>        <C> 
Corporate EPS                             40%        Q
Managerial Enterprise Bookings            30%        Q
Provider Enterprise Operating Earnings    30%        Q

</TABLE>

                                     4

<PAGE>

<TABLE>

Marc G. Naughton
TBL: $50,000

<CAPTION>

Rewardable Event              Weighting   Cycle
- ----------------              ---------   -----
<S>                              <C>        <C>
Corporate EPS                    75%        Q
Days Sales Outstanding           25%        Q

</TABLE>

<TABLE>

Stanley M. Sword
TBL:  $100,000

<CAPTION>

Rewardable Event              Weighting   Cycle
- ----------------              ---------   -----
<S>                              <C>        <C>
Corporate EPS                    70%        Q
Annual EPS                       30%        A

</TABLE>

<TABLE>

Jeffrey A. Townsend
TBL:  $97,750

<CAPTION>

Rewardable Event                Weighting   Cycle
- ----------------                ---------   -----
<S>                                <C>       <C>
Corporate EPS                      45%       Q
Millenium Operating Earnings       30%       Q
Conversions                        25%       Q

</TABLE>


Target Bonus Level (TBL) represents the amount payable if
the target is achieved.  If the target is exceeded
additional amounts can be paid.

                
                                  5

<PAGE>



                                                          Exhibit 10(k)

                     Cerner Corporation
              Long Term Incentive Plan for 1998
   (As adopted by the Board of Directors on May 22, 1998)
                              
I.   Plan Concept.
     
     1.   Reward long term, consistent earnings growth.

     2.   Cerner is valued primarily on its forward earnings
          multiplied by the earnings growth rate.  This incentive
          rewards those valuation elements.

II.  Plan Targets and Participant Payments.

     1.   Three year earnings per share targets are determined by
          the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors
          computed based on desired earnings growth rates.

     2.   Each year the Compensation Committee of the Board of
          Directors shall approve the participation of each officer of
          Cerner and the amount of such participant's potential
          payments.  Any participant who is not a Cerner associate at
          the end of the fiscal year is not entitled to any payment
          under this Plan.

     3.   Each year a set of seven EPS targets for each of the
          next three years are established by the Compensation
          Committee of the Board of Directors.  For example:

       -  In 1998, EPS targets are established for 1998, 1999, and 2000
       -  In 1999, EPS targets are established for 1999, 2000, and 2001
       -  In 2000, EPS targets are established for 2000, 2001, and 2002

<TABLE>
               
Target Payout     75%   100%   110%  120%    130%    140%    150%
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
<S>             <C>
1998 EPS        $                                         
1999 EPS        $                                         
2000 EPS        $                                         
     
</TABLE>
     
     4.   By year 2000, there will be three separate sets of EPS
          targets established for year 2000.  One-third of the
          incentive will be tied to the targets created in 1998, 1999
          and 2000, respectively.  This allows the Plan to take into
          consideration any significant changes in projected earnings
          without resetting all the targets.
     
     5.   In 1998, only one Long Term 1998 EPS target will exist.
          Therefore, the incentive will be paid 100% based on that
          metric.  In 1999, only two Long Term 1999 EPS targets will
     
                                      1

<PAG>E
     
          exist (those created in 1998 and 1999).  Therefore, the
          incentive will be paid based 50% on the first target and 50%
          on the second target.  In 2000, all three Long Term 2000 EPS
          targets will exist and the incentive will then be paid based
          one-third on each of the three targets.

III. Plan Payments.

     1.   Amounts earned under the Plan would be paid in cash up
          to 100% target payout level paid annually after close of
          year (February 15th).

     2.   Amounts earned under the Plan in excess of the 100%
          target payout level would be paid one half in cash and one
          half in restricted Cerner common stock (valued at the
          average market value for the last thirty trading days of the
          fiscal year).

     3.   Restricted stock could not be sold for two years from
          the date issued and would require the associate to be
          employed by Cerner at the end of such two years for the
          restriction to be removed.  If the associate is not employed
          by Cerner (other than by reason of death or disability as
          determined by the Board of Directors of Cerner) at the end
          of the two year period the stock is returned to Cerner.

     4.   Stock restriction ensures that current earnings are not
          maximized at the expense of future earnings.

IV.  Plan Amendment and Termination.

     1.   The Plan may be terminated by the Compensation
          Committee of the Board of Directors as of the end of any
          fiscal year of Cerner either by announcing its termination
          or by not establishing any new compensation levels for that
          fiscal year.

     2.   The Plan may be amended by the Compensation Committee
          of the Board of Directors at any time, but may not be
          amended so as to affect any EPS targets already determined
          or to reduce the amount of any participants potential
          payment already determined.

                                      2

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
 

    1998 Long Term Incentive Plan Participants and Payments (at 100%)

<CAPTION>

Name                Role                 Amount
- ----                ----                 ------
<S>                 <C>                  <C>
Neal Patterson      CEO                  $210,000
Cliff Illig         Vice-Chairman         105,000
Jeff Reene          EVP-Consulting         56,000
Glenn Tobin         COO                    50,000
Marc Naughton       VP-CFO                 50,000
Jeff Townsend       VP-Engineering         42,000
Steve Goodrich      VP-Client Services     35,000

</TABLE>

                                3





                                                    Exhibit 10(l)

                     Cerner Corporation
              Long Term Incentive Plan for 1999
   (As adopted by the Board of Directors on May 22, 1998)
                              
I.   Plan Concept.
     
     1.   Reward long term, consistent earnings growth.

     2.   Cerner is valued primarily on its forward earnings
          multiplied by the earnings growth rate.  This incentive
          rewards those valuation elements.

II.  Plan Targets and Participant Payments.

     1.   Three year earnings per share targets are determined by
          the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors
          computed based on desired earnings growth rates.

     2.   Each year the Compensation Committee of the Board of
          Directors shall approve the participation of each officer of
          Cerner and the amount of such participant's potential
          payments.  Any participant who is not a Cerner associate at
          the end of the fiscal year is not entitled to any payment
          under this Plan.

     3.   Each year a set of seven EPS targets for each of the
          next three years are established by the Compensation
          Committee of the Board of Directors.  For example:

        -  In 1998, EPS targets are established for 1998, 1999, and 2000
        -  In 1999, EPS targets are established for 1999, 2000, and 2001
        -  In 2000, EPS targets are established for 2000, 2001, and 2002
               
<TABLE>

Target Payout      75%   100%   110%  120%    130%    140%    150%
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>            <C>
1998 EPS       $                                         
1999 EPS       $                                         
2000 EPS       $                                         
     
</TABLE>
     
     4.   By year 2000, there will be three separate sets of EPS
          targets established for year 2000.  One-third of the
          incentive will be tied to the targets created in 1998, 1999
          and 2000, respectively.  This allows the Plan to take into
          consideration any significant changes in projected earnings
          without resetting all the targets.
     
     5.   In 1999, only one Long Term 1999 EPS target will exist.
          Therefore, the incentive will be paid 100% based on that
          metric.  In 1999, only two Long Term 1999 EPS targets will

                                        1

<PAGE>     

          exist (those created in 1998 and 1999).  Therefore, the
          incentive will be paid based 50% on the first target and 50%
          on the second target.  In 2000, all three Long Term 2000 EPS
          targets will exist and the incentive will then be paid based
          one-third on each of the three targets.

III. Plan Payments.

     1.   Amounts earned under the Plan would be paid in cash up
          to 100% target payout level paid annually after close of
          year (February 15th).

     2.   Amounts earned under the Plan in excess of the 100%
          target payout level would be paid one half in cash and one
          half in restricted Cerner common stock (valued at the
          average market value for the last thirty trading days of the
          fiscal year).

     3.   Restricted stock could not be sold for two years from
          the date issued and would require the associate to be
          employed by Cerner at the end of such two years for the
          restriction to be removed.  If the associate is not employed
          by Cerner (other than by reason of death or disability as
          determined by the Board of Directors of Cerner) at the end
          of the two year period the stock is returned to Cerner.

     4.   Stock restriction ensures that current earnings are not
          maximized at the expense of future earnings.

IV.  Plan Amendment and Termination.

     1.   The Plan may be terminated by the Compensation
          Committee of the Board of Directors as of the end of any
          fiscal year of Cerner either by announcing its termination
          or by not establishing any new compensation levels for that
          fiscal year.

     2.   The Plan may be amended by the Compensation Committee
          of the Board of Directors at any time, but may not be
          amended so as to affect any EPS targets already determined
          or to reduce the amount of any participants potential
          payment already determined.

                                     2

<PAGE>

<TABLE>

   1999 Long Term Incentive Plan Participants and Payments (at 100%)

<CAPTION>

Name                Role                 Amount
- ----                ----                 ------
<S>                 <C>                  <C>
Neal Patterson      CEO                  $210,000
Glenn Tobin         COO                    75,000
Marc Naughton       VP-CFO                 50,000
Jeff Townsend       VP-Engineering         50,000
Steve Goodrich      VP-Client Services     45,000

</TABLE>
                                         
                                         
                                 3

<PAGE>




                                              Exhibit 10(m)


                       PROMISSORY NOTE


March 12, 1996                              $100,000.00

  For value received, the undersigned promises to pay to the
order   of   Cerner  Corporation,  a  Delaware   corporation
("Cerner")   the   sum  of  One  Hundred  Thousand   Dollars
($100,000.00),  payable in five equal  annual  installments,
each  in the amount of Twenty Thousand Dollars ($20,000.00),
the  first installment payable on December 30, 2000 and each
succeeding   installment   due   on   the   following   four
anniversaries  thereof.  No interest shall be  payable  with
respect to this Promissory Note.

   Payment  of  this Promissory Note shall be  made  at  the
office  of  Cerner at 2800 Rockcreek Parkway,  Kansas  City,
Missouri,  or  at  such  other place  within  the  State  of
Missouri  as  Cerner  may  designate  in  writing   to   the
undersigned, in United States Dollars.

   In  the event that the undersigned shall fail to make any
payment  hereunder when due, Cerner may, without  notice  to
the undersigned, declare this Promissory Note in default and
the  entire unpaid amount of this Promissory Note  shall  be
immediately due and payable in full; provided, however, that
this Promissory Note shall be nonrecourse to the undersigned
and the undersigned shall not be personally liable to pay to
Cerner any amounts due to Cerner hereunder, but Cerner shall
look solely to the collateral held by Cerner as security for
this Promissory Note.

   The  undersigned hereby pledges and grants  to  Cerner  a
security  interest  in _______ shares  of  Common  Stock  of
Cerner  represented  by certificate no.  ________,  and  any
additional shares of Cerner Common Stock or other securities
or  property  that  the  undersigned shall  be  entitled  to
receive as a result of being the owner of any of such Cerner
Common  Stock or other securities or property,  as  security
for  all  of  the obligations of the undersigned under  this
Promissory  Note  or deliver to Cerner any  such  additional
Cerner  Common  Stock or other securities  or  property,  as
security for all of the obligations of the undersigned under
this   Promissory  Note  or  otherwise   to   Cerner.    The
undersigned  has  delivered to Cerner such  certificate  no.
________ and agrees to deliver to Cerner any such additional
Cerner Common Stock or other securities or property, all  to
be  held by Cerner as provided for hereunder.  In the  event
that  this Promissory Note shall become payable in  full  as
set  forth  in  the immediately preceding paragraph  or  the
undersigned shall be default in payment of any of such other
obligations of the undersigned to Cerner.  Cerner shall have
all  of the rights and remedies of a secured party under the
Uniform  Commercial  Code  as in  effect  in  the  State  of
Missouri,  including the right to sell any of the collateral
held  by  Cerner  hereunder and apply the  proceeds  thereof
first  to  the  costs  and expenses incurred  by  Cerner  in
exercising  its  rights hereunder and  then  to  the  amount
secured by the collateral.  Any surplus shall continue to be
held  by  Cerner  hereunder if there remain outstanding  any
obligations  of  the undersigned to Cerner secured  by  such
collateral.
   The  undersigned waives any and all notices,  demands  or
other  indulgences  or rights granted by law  in  connection
with the collection hereof by Cerner.

   In  witness  whereof, the undersigned has  executed  this
Promissory Note as of the day and year first above written.


                                    /s/Jack A. Newman, Jr.
                                  --------------------------
                                      Jack A. Newman, Jr.


                                             Exhibit 10(n)


                       PROMISSORY NOTE
                              
                              
$135,000                                     March 30, 1998



      For value received, the undersigned promises to pay to
the  order  of  Cerner Corporation, a Delaware  corporation,
("Cerner")  the  sum  of  One Hundred  Thirty-Five  Thousand
Dollars  ($135,000)  at  Cerner offices  at  2800  Rockcreek
Parkway, Kansas City, Missouri 64117, in annual installments
of Fifteen Thousand Dollars ($15,000), the first installment
to  be  due  on August 4, 1998 and the subsequent eight  (8)
installments  each  to  be  due  on  the  first  eight   (8)
consecutive    anniversaries    of    August    4,     1998.
Notwithstanding   the   foregoing,   in   the   event    the
undersigned's employment with Cerner is terminated, for  any
reason,  this  Promissory Note shall become immediately  due
and  payable  in  full,  without notice  by  Cerner  to  the
undersigned,  upon  the  earlier  to  occur   of   (1)   the
undersigned's  sale  of  the real property  covered  by  the
mortgage  referred to below, (2) settlement of any  payments
due  to  the undersigned from Cerner under CPP or any  other
bonus  plans  of  Cerner or (3) receipt by  the  undersigned
after  the termination date of an aggregate of Seventy  Five
Thousand  Dollars ($75,000) or more from  the  sale  by  the
undersigned  of any Cerner stock received by the undersigned
upon   exercise  of  any  stock  options  granted   to   the
undersigned by Cerner.

      In  the event of the failure of the undersigned to pay
any  installment when due or if there is a breach of any  of
the  terms  and  conditions of the Mortgage dated  the  date
hereof  made by the undersigned and his spouse in  favor  of
Cerner, Cerner may accelerate all unpaid installments hereof
and  all  other amounts payable hereunder by written  notice
delivered  to the undersigned in writing addressed  at  2800
Rockcreek  Parkway, Kansas City, Missouri  64117,  whereupon
the entire unpaid amount hereof shall be immediately due and
payable in full.

       Any  installment  hereof  not  paid  when  due  shall
thereafter bear interest at the lesser of the highest amount
permitted  by  applicable law or the prime or base  rate  of
interest announced from time to time by CitiBank, N. A., New
York, New York.

<PAGE>

      The  undersigned  hereby grants to Cerner  a  security
interest in all outstanding CPP or other bonus payments  due
to the undersigned from Cerner at any time and any shares of
Cerner  Common Stock acquired by the undersigned as a result
of  exercising any stock options granted to the  undersigned
by  Cerner  as  security  for  all  amounts  due  to  Cerner
hereunder.   This  Promissory Note is also  secured  by  and
subject  to the benefits of the second mortgage dated  March
30, 1998, made by the undersigned and his spouse in favor of
Cerner.

      The  undersigned hereby waives all demands,  protests,
notices, indulgences and other benefits provided by  law  to
the undersigned in connection with the collection hereof  by
Cerner  and agrees to pay all costs of collection hereof  by
Cerner, including reasonable attorney's fees and expenses.

      In  witness whereof the undersigned have executed this
Promissory Note as of the date hereof.



                                   
                                   /s/Robert C. Dieterle
                                   -------------------------
                                   Robert C. Dieterle



                                                    Exhibit 10(o)

                         PROMISSORY NOTE
                     and SECURITY AGREEMENT
                                

April 30, 1998                                        $100,000.00

   For  value  received, the undersigned promises to pay  to  the
order  of  Cerner Corporation, a Delaware corporation  ("Cerner")
the sum of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00), payable on
April  30,  2003,  together with interest at the  rate  of  three
percent (3%) per annum.  Interest shall be computed on the  basis
of a 360-day year.  Payment of this Promissory Note shall be made
at  the office of Cerner at 2800 Rockcreek Parkway, Kansas  City,
Missouri,  64117,  or  at such other place within  the  State  of
Missouri  as  Cerner may designate in writing to the undersigned,
in United States dollars.

   Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the undersigned's employment
with Cerner is terminated for any reason, whether by Cerner or by
the  undersigned,  this Promissory Note shall become  immediately
due  and  payable  in  full, without  notice  by  Cerner  to  the
undersigned.

   Any  amount hereunder not paid when due shall thereafter  bear
interest  at  the  lesser  of  the highest  amount  permitted  by
applicable  law  or the prime or base rate of interest  announced
from time to time by CitiBank, N.A., New York, New York.

   The undersigned hereby grants to Cerner a security interest in
(i)  all  outstanding Cerner Performance Plan  ("CPP")  or  other
bonus  payments due to the undersigned from Cerner at  any  time,
(ii)  all  stock  options granted to the undersigned  by  Cerner,
whether  vested  or not vested, and (iii) any  shares  of  Cerner
Common  Stock  acquired  by  the  undersigned  as  a  result   of
exercising any stock options granted to the undersigned by Cerner
as  security  for  all  amounts due  to  Cerner  hereunder.   The
undersigned   will  deliver  to  Cerner  any  such   certificates
representing  Cerner  Common Stock to be  held  by  Cerner.   The
undersigned  shall assist Cerner in taking whatever steps  Cerner
deems  advisable  in  perfecting its  security  interest  in  the
foregoing  collateral,  including  but  not  limited  to  signing
financing  statements, stock powers and control  agreements.   In
the  event that this Promissory Note shall become payable in full
as  set  forth  above, Cerner shall have all of  the  rights  and
remedies of a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code  as
in  effect in the State of Missouri, including the right to  sell
any  of  the  collateral held by Cerner hereunder and  apply  the
proceeds  thereof  first  to the costs  and  expenses,  including
reasonable  attorney's fees and expenses, incurred by  Cerner  in
exercising its rights hereunder and then to the amount secured by
the  collateral.  In addition to the foregoing, if the amount  of
this  Promissory  Note  is  not paid  when  due,  to  the  extent
permitted  by law, Cerner may set off any moneys due from  Cerner
to the undersigned, including without limitation, salary, CPP and
any  other compensation, if any, against any of the undersigned's
obligations hereunder, whether or not the same is due and in  any
order of priority.

   The  undersigned waives any and all notices, demands, protests
or  other indulgences or rights granted by law in connection with
the collection hereof by Cerner.

    In   witness  whereof,  the  undersigned  has  executed  this
Promissory  Note and Security Agreement as of the  day  and  year
first above written.

                                        /s/Glenn Tobin
                                        -------------------------
                                            Glenn Tobin, Ph.D.

                                        Address: 610 W. 56th St.
                                                -----------------
                                                 Kansas City, MO 64113
                                                -----------------


  Signatory as to the grant of the security interest only:

                                        /s/Nancy Beer Tobin
                                        ------------------------- 
                                   Name:Nancy Beer Tobin
                                        -------------------------



                                                     Exhibit 10(p)

                         PROMISSORY NOTE
                     and SECURITY AGREEMENT
                                

June 22, 1998                                         $200,000.00

   For  value  received, the undersigned promises to pay  to  the
order  of  Cerner Corporation, a Delaware corporation  ("Cerner")
the sum of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000.00), payable as
follows:

<TABLE>

         Date                           Principal Repayment
         ----                           -------------------
         <S>                                    <C>  
         July 1, 1999                           $0
         July 1, 2000                           $10,000
         July 1, 2001                           $20,000
         July 1, 2002                           $20,000
         July 1, 2003                           $40,000
         July 1, 2004                           $40,000
         July 1, 2005                           $70,000

</TABLE>

   This Promissory Note will not bear interest for the first five
(5)  years  and  eight  (8) days.  Beginning  on  July  1,  2003,
interest  will accrue on the unpaid principal balance  hereof  at
the  rate  of  three percent (3%) per annum.  Interest  shall  be
computed  on  the  basis  of a 360-day  year.   Payment  of  this
Promissory  Note shall be made at the office of  Cerner  at  2800
Rockcreek Parkway, Kansas City, Missouri, 64117, or at such other
place  within  the State of Missouri as Cerner may  designate  in
writing to the undersigned, in United States dollars.

   Notwithstanding the foregoing, and without notice by Cerner to
the  undersigned,  the  entire unpaid principal  amount  of  this
Promissory  Note  (plus accrued interest, if  any)  shall  become
immediately  due  and  payable in full  upon  (i)  the  voluntary
termination of the undersigned's employment with Cerner  or  (ii)
Cerner's termination of the undersigned's employment due  to  the
undersigned's  dishonesty, illegal conduct,  breach  of  Cerner's
policy or breach of the undersigned's Cerner Associate Employment
Agreement,   dated  April  15,  1998.   In  the  event   of   the
undersigned's involuntary termination of employment  with  Cerner
(other  than  for the undersigned's dishonesty, illegal  conduct,
breach  of Cerner's policy or breach of the undersigned's  Cerner
Associate Employment Agreement, dated April 15,1998), the  entire
remaining principal amount of this Promissory Note (plus  accrued
interest,  if any) will be due and payable one (1) year following
such  involuntary termination, without notice by  Cerner  to  the
undersigned.

   Any  amount hereunder not paid when due shall thereafter  bear
interest  at  the  lesser  of  the highest  amount  permitted  by
applicable  law  or the prime or base rate of interest  announced
from time to time by CitiBank, N.A., New York, New York.

   The undersigned hereby grants to Cerner a security interest in
(i)  all  outstanding Cerner Performance Plan  ("CPP")  or  other
bonus  payments due to the undersigned from Cerner at  any  time,
(ii)  all  stock  options granted to the undersigned  by  Cerner,
whether  vested  or not vested, and (iii) any  shares  of  Cerner
Common  Stock  acquired  by  the  undersigned  as  a  result   of
exercising any stock options granted to the undersigned by Cerner
as  security  for  all  amounts due  to  Cerner  hereunder.   The
undersigned   will  deliver  to  Cerner  any  such   certificates
representing  Cerner  Common Stock to be  held  by  Cerner.   The
undersigned  shall assist Cerner in taking whatever steps  Cerner
deems  advisable  in  perfecting its  security  interest  in  the
foregoing  collateral,  including  but  not  limited  to  signing
financing  statements, stock powers and control  agreements.   In
the  event that this Promissory Note shall become payable in full
as  set  forth  above, Cerner shall have all of  the  rights  and
remedies of a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code  as
in  effect in the State of Missouri, including the right to  sell
any  of  the  collateral held by Cerner hereunder and  apply  the
proceeds  thereof  first  to the costs  and  expenses,  including
reasonable  attorney's fees and expenses, incurred by  Cerner  in
exercising its rights hereunder and then to the amount secured by
the  collateral.  In addition to the foregoing, if the amount  of
this  Promissory  Note  is  not paid  when  due,  to  the  extent
permitted  by law, Cerner may set off any moneys due from  Cerner
to the undersigned, including without limitation, salary, CPP and
any  other compensation, if any, against any of the undersigned's
obligations hereunder, whether or not the same is due and in  any
order of priority.

      This Promissory Note is also secured by and subject to  the
benefits  of  the  mortgage, dated June 22,  1998,  made  by  the
undersigned and his spouse in favor of Cerner with respect to the
property  commonly known as 648 East 45th, Kansas City,  Missouri
64110.

      The  undersigned  waives  any  and  all  notices,  demands,
protests  or  other  indulgences or  rights  granted  by  law  in
connection with the collection hereof by Cerner.

      In  witness  whereof,  the undersigned  has  executed  this
Promissory  Note and Security Agreement as of the  day  and  year
first above written.

                                          /s/Marvin G. Pember
                                         ------------------------
                                               Marvin G. Pember

                                   Address:  648 East 45th
                                             Kansas City, Missouri 64110



  Signatory as to the grant of the security interest only:

                                         /s/Beverly K. Pember
                                         ------------------------
                                              Beverly A. Pember





State of  Kansas )
        ---------)
County of Johnson)
         --------
On this 20th day of June in the year 1998, before me, the
undersigned notary public, personally appeared Marvin G. Pember
and Beverly A. Pember, known to me to be the persons whose names
are subscribed to the within instrument, and acknowledged that
each executed the same as their free act and deed.

In witness thereof, I hereunto set my hand and official seal.

                                    Susan K. Parker
                                -------------------------
                                     Notary Public


   SUSAN K. PARKER
    NOTARY PUBLIC
   STATE OF KANSAS
My App. Exp. 11.30.98
            ----------


<TABLE>
                                                  Exhibit 21
                                                            
                 SUBSIDIARIES OF REGISTRANT
<CAPTION>
                              
             Name                     State of Incorporation
             ----                     ----------------------
          
              <S>                    <C>
 Cerner Corporation Pty Limited      New South Wales (Australia)
              
    Cerner Deutschland GmbH                   Germany
              
       Cerner FSC, Inc.                       Barbados
              
 Cerner Health Connections, Inc.              Delaware
              
   Cerner Health Facts, Inc.                  Delaware
              
    Cerner HealthWise, Inc.                   Delaware
              
  Cerner International, Inc.                  Delaware
              
        Cerner Limited                     United Kingdom
              
Cerner Performance Logistics, Inc.            Delaware
              
    Cerner Properties, Inc.                   Delaware
              
   Cerner Singapore Limited                   Delaware
              
   Cerner (Malaysia) Sdn Bnd                  Malaysia
              
    Cerner Canada Limited                     Delaware
              
Multum Information Services, Inc.             Delaware
              
</TABLE>


                                                   Exhibit 23     
     
     
                                 
                                 
                                 
                                 
                                 
                                 
                   Independent Auditors' Consent
                                 
                                 
                                 
  The Board of Directors
  Cerner Corporation:
  
  
  We  consent to incorporation by reference in the Registration
  Statements (No. 33-56868, No. 33-55082, No. 33-41580, No. 33-
  39777, No. 33-39776, No. 33-20155, and No. 33-15156) on Form
  S-8  and Registration Statement No. 33-72756 on Form  S-3  of
  Cerner  Corporation of our reports, dated February  3,  1999,
  relating  to  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  of   Cerner
  Corporation as of January 2, 1999 and January 3, 1998 and the
  related  consolidated  statements  of  earnings,  changes  in
  equity, and cash flows and related schedule for each  of  the
  years  in the three-year period ended January 2, 1999,  which
  reports  are incorporated herein by reference or are included
  herein.
  
                             KPMG LLP
                                 
  Kansas City, Missouri
  April 2, 1999


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          JAN-02-1999
<PERIOD-END>                               JAN-02-1999
<CASH>                                      42,658,000
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                              170,779,000
<ALLOWANCES>                                 3,405,000
<INVENTORY>                                  2,651,000
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                           216,917,000
<PP&E>                                     127,039,000
<DEPRECIATION>                              49,747,000
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                             436,485,000
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                       98,236,000
<BONDS>                                              0
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                       347,000
<OTHER-SE>                                           0
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>               436,485,000
<SALES>                                    330,902,000
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                           330,902,000
<CGS>                                       89,544,000
<TOTAL-COSTS>                              207,828,000
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                             262,000
<INCOME-PRETAX>                             33,268,000
<INCOME-TAX>                                12,679,000
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                         20,589,000
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                20,589,000
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                      .63
<EPS-DILUTED>                                      .61
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission